250707.mbx        T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

                          E U R O P E

          Monday, July 7, 2025, Vol. 26, No. 134

                           Headlines



B E L G I U M

MEUSE BIDCO: Fitch Puts BB Rating on Secured Debt on Watch Negative
SARENS BESTUUR: S&P Raises ICR to 'B+' on Robust Performance


F R A N C E

EUTELSAT: S&P Places 'B-' ICR on Credit Pos. on Equity Injection
KEREIS: Moody's Affirms 'B2' CFR, Outlook Stable
PAPREC HOLDING: Fitch Rates EUR850MM Secured Green Bond 'BB+(EXP)'
PAPREC HOLDING: S&P Affirms 'BB' ICR & Alters Outlook to Stable


G E R M A N Y

ADLER GROUP: S&P Lowers First-Lien Sr. Secured Notes Rating to 'B'
DEMIRE DEUTSCHE: Moody's Withdraws 'Caa2' Corporate Family Rating
HSE FINANCE: S&P Lowers LT ICR to 'D' on Court Sanctioned Order
MAHLE GMBH: Moody's Rates New EUR300MM Sr. Unsecured Notes 'Ba2'
MAHLE GMBH: S&P Rates EUR300MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'BB-'



I R E L A N D

ARBOUR CLO V: S&P Assigns B-(sf) Rating on Class F-R Notes
AVOCA CLO XIV: S&P Assigns Prelim. B-(sf) Rating on F-R-R Notes
BNPP AM 2018: Moody's Lowers Rating on EUR12MM Class F Notes to B3
HENLEY CLO XIV: Fitch Assigns 'B-sf' Final Rating on Class F Notes
HENLEY CLO XIV: S&P Assigns B-(sf) Rating on Class F Notes

MONUMENT CLO 3: Fitch Assigns 'B-sf' Final Rating on Class F Notes
MONUMENT CLO 3: S&P Assigns B-(sf) Rating on Class F Notes
PALMER SQUARE 2025-2: Fitch Assigns B-(EXP)sf Rating on Cl. F Notes
PALMER SQUARE 2025-2: S&P Assigns Prelim. B-(sf) Rating on F Notes
ST. PAUL'S VIII: Moody's Affirms B2 Rating on EUR12MM Cl. F Notes

TIKEHAU CLO XI: Fitch Assigns 'B-sf' Final Rating on Cl. F-R Notes
TYMON PARK CLO: Moody's Affirms B3 Rating on EUR11.2MM Cl. E Notes
WILTON PARK: Fitch Assigns 'B-sf' Final Rating on Class F-R Notes
WILTON PARK: S&P Assigns B-(sf) Rating on Class F-R Notes


I T A L Y

LA DORIA: Moody's Rates New EUR675MM Senior Secured Notes 'B1'
LA DORIA: S&P Rates Proposed EUR675MM Senior Secured Notes 'B'
OMNIA TECHNOLOGIES: S&P Affirms 'B' ICR, Outlook Stable


L U X E M B O U R G

GARFUNKELUX HOLDCO 2: Moody's Ups CFR to 'Caa2', Outlook Stable
GARFUNKELUX HOLDCO 2: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'CCC+'
SK INVICTUS II: Moody's Affirms 'B2' CFR, Outlook Stable


N E T H E R L A N D S

SIGMA HOLDCO: Fitch Rates EUR400MM Sub. Notes 'CCC+(EXP)'
SIGMA HOLDCO: Moody's Rates New Secured Notes Due 2031 'Caa1'
SIGMA HOLDCO: S&P Rates New EUR400MM Senior Unsecured Bonds 'CCC+'


P O L A N D

DL INVEST: S&P Assigns Preliminary 'B+' LT ICR, Outlook Stable


R U S S I A

AGROBANK: Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDRs to 'BB', Outlook Stable
ALOQABANK: Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDRs to 'BB', Outlook Stable
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT: Fitch Hikes IDRs to 'BB', Outlook Stable
IPOTEKA-BANK: Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDRs to 'BB', Outlook Stable
JSCB KAPITALBANK: Fitch Alters Outlook on 'B' IDR to Positive

MICROCREDITBANK: Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDR to 'BB', Outlook Stable
XALQ BANK: Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDRs to 'BB', Outlook Stable
[] Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDR on 3 Uzbekistani Utilities to 'BB'
[] Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDR to 'BB' on 3 Uzbek State-Owned Banks


S W E D E N

POLESTAR AUTOMOTIVE: Eric Li, 11 Others Report Equity Stake


S W I T Z E R L A N D

HERENS MIDCO: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'B3' CFR to Negative


U N I T E D   K I N G D O M

B&H.PT LIMITED: FRP Advisory Named as Administrators
EUROSAIL 2006-2BL: Fitch Lowers Rating on Class E1c Notes to 'B-sf'
FUTURE PLC: S&P Assigns 'BB+' LongTerm Issuer Credit Rating
HARVEST ENERGY AVIATION: Teneo Financial Named as Administrators
HARVEST ENERGY: Teneo Financial Named as Administrators

KANE BIDCO: Moody's Rates New Sr. Secured Notes 'B1'
KANE BIDCO: S&P Rates Proposed Senior Secured Notes 'B+'
LIQUID TELECOMMUNICATIONS: Fitch Affirms 'CCC+' LongTerm IDR
LUDGATE FUNDING 2007: Fitch Hikes Rating on Class E Debt to 'BB-sf'
OAT HILL 3: Fitch Lowers Rating on Class F Notes to 'B-sf'

OEG GLOBAL: Moody's Affirms 'B1' CFR, Outlook Remains Stable
PRAX PETROLEUM: Teneo Financial Named as Administrators
PRAX TREASURY: Teneo Financial Named as Administrators
STATE OIL: Teneo Financial Named as Administrators

                           - - - - -


=============
B E L G I U M
=============

MEUSE BIDCO: Fitch Puts BB Rating on Secured Debt on Watch Negative
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has placed Meuse Finco SA's senior 'BB' secured debt,
which has a Recovery Rating of 'RR2', on Rating Watch Negative
(RWN). It has also affirmed Meuse Bidco SA's Long-Term Issuer
Default Rating (IDR) at 'B+' with Stable Outlook.

The RWN reflects its expectation of an increase in total debt
outstanding pro-forma for the completion of a tap issue, which
would result in weaker recovery prospects.

Meuse's IDR balances its small and concentrated business with a
strong position in its key market of Belgium and lower competitive
pressure, supported by favourable regulation. The Stable Outlook
takes into account strong organic growth of iGaming in Europe and
medium-term market opportunities, such as iGaming liberalisation in
France. These positives are balanced by regulatory challenges in
the rest of Europe, related to fiscal pressures and player safety
requirements. Fitch expects leverage to remain consistent with the
company's 'B+' IDR, despite an increase in debt.

Key Rating Drivers

Transaction Exhausts Leverage Headroom: The tap will add around
EUR94 million of debt to Meuse, which will lead to a material
increase in leverage. Fitch forecasts EBITDAR leverage of 4.3x in
2025 (2024: 3.7x) and at 4.4x by 2027. This leaves little room for
underperformance under the rating. Fitch assumes proceeds will be
used for M&A and shareholder distributions. A looser financial
policy, with additional dividend payouts, could lead to a negative
rating action.

Its forecast assumes no dividends from its joint venture (JV) with
Estoril in Portugal from 2026. If the JV generated consistent
results and distributed dividends in line with management
expectations, leverage would improve by 0.2x-0.3x, to levels
comfortably within the rating sensitivities.

Regulatory Challenges in Core Markets: New player safety
regulations in Belgium (58% of 2024 revenues) and Netherlands (9%)
implemented throughout 2023-2024, and additional fiscal pressure,
have led to market declines in both countries. Gaming1, the
company's business unit, has navigated these challenges
efficiently, by maintaining neutral revenue growth in 2024 and
enhancing its profitability. Fitch anticipates the adverse
regulation and additional fiscal pressure to continue in western
Europe and therefore flat revenue in 2025, followed by low
single-digit growth on a consolidated basis.

Strong Profitability and Cash Flow: Fitch expects Meuse to maintain
its strong EBITDAR margins above 25%. The fairly low capex
intensity of its business and moderate leverage should help Meuse
consistently generate positive pre-dividend free cash flow (FCF)
margins in the mid-to-high single digits.

Niche Positioning, Small Scale: Meuse generates most of its
revenues from small regulated markets, such as Belgium, the
Netherlands and Switzerland, with particularly high concentration
on Belgium. Its recently revised strategy to prioritise development
in western European markets will likely result in high geographic
concentration. This will negatively affect long-term growth, but
Fitch sees a lower risk of adverse regulations or unanticipated
fiscal pressure in these markets, compared with developing markets
that have little regulation and 'dotcom' markets.

Belgian Regulation Supports Market Position: Fitch continues to
view the Belgian gaming regulatory environment as stable and
supportive of Meuse's business profile. Limited availability and
linkage of online licences to land-based casinos act as strong
barriers to entry for potential competitors, and a history of
stable regulation since 2011 provides visibility over operational
cash flows over the medium term.

Continued European Market Consolidation: The European gaming market
continues to consolidate through M&A, with operational synergies
and economies of scale helping many large operators secure or
improve their local positions. Expertise and experience in domestic
markets support local leaders, including Meuse, but the larger
scale of international operators results in substantially higher
customer acquisition capacity. This is more relevant to more
commoditised products like sports betting, but can also make
competition more challenging in iGaming, especially in less
regulated markets. Fitch expects the company to remain disciplined
in its M&A ambitions.

Product Offering Focused on Gaming: Meuse has the lowest exposure
among Fitch-rated peers in EMEA, to sports betting (around 10% of
gross gaming revenue). Gaming faces lower margin volatility than
sports betting, especially for smaller operators, as payouts are
not dependent on external factors such as sports results. However,
gaming tends to be more exposed to regulatory risks, so Fitch
expects it to grow more slowly over the long term. In its view,
gaming and sports betting are both showing resilience to economic
slowdown, with low spending impact on gaming from financial crises
due to a lower share in discretionary consumer expenses.

Peer Analysis

Meuse has much smaller scale than higher-rated peers, such as
BetClic Everest Group (BB-/Stable) and Allwyn International AG
(BB-/Positive). This, combined with weaker leverage than BetClic's,
results in a one-notch difference between the ratings.

Allwyn's business profile is materially stronger than Meuse's, with
larger scale and better geographical diversification. This is
moderately balanced by a higher complexity in Allwyn's corporate
structure.

Meuse has stronger profitability and FCF margins than evoke plc
(B+/Negative), despite its smaller size. This translates into
materially stronger leverage metrics with a greater deleveraging
capacity. The combination of a weaker business profile and a
stronger financial profile result in similar IDRs for Meuse and
evoke.

Key Assumptions

- Net gaming revenue CAGR of 2.2% for 2024-2028, primarily driven
by organic online growth

- EBITDAR margin at 26.6% for 2025-2028

- Neutral working capital for 2025-2028

- Annual capex at EUR20 million in 2025-2028

- Dividend of EUR7 million received from Estoril in 2025; no
further dividend received from JVs over the forecast horizon

- Non-recurring cash of EUR140 million being upstreamed to equity
holders in 2025

- No further dividends distributed over the forecast horizon

Recovery Analysis

The recovery analysis assumed that Meuse would be reorganised as a
going concern (GC) in bankruptcy rather than liquidated. Fitch has
assumed a 10% administrative claim.

The GC EBITDA estimate of EUR55 million reflects Fitch's view of a
sustainable, post-reorganisation EBITDA level on which Fitch bases
the enterprise valuation. Fitch applied a distressed multiple of
5.5x EBITDA to the GC EBITDA. The multiple reflects positive
industry dynamics, including modest growth prospects, high barriers
to entry and a conducive but evolving regulatory environment. The
multiple gives credit to Meuse's significant inherent intangible
value for brand awareness in a regulated and rather captive market.
Fitch also added around EUR23 million of additional value from JVs
that Fitch assumed will be divested in financial distress, to
calculate a post-reorganisation enterprise valuation.

In accordance with Fitch's criteria, Fitch assumed Meuse's EUR80
million revolving credit facility (RCF) is fully drawn on default.
Its EUR306 million senior secured loan ranks pari passu with the
RCF. Its EUR15 million of operating company debt is super-senior in
the debt waterfall.

Its principal waterfall analysis, after deducting 10% for
administrative claims, generated a ranked recovery in the 'RR2'
band, indicating a 'BB' instrument rating for its term loan B
(TLB).

The TLB will be increased to EUR400 million from EUR306 million
following transaction completion, while the RCF will increase to
EUR100 million from EUR80 million. These higher debt levels will
translate into a lower ranked recovery of 'RR3', and likely lead to
a downgrade of the increased and extended TLB by one notch.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors That Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Adverse regulatory changes leading to material deterioration in
revenue or operating profits

- FCF margin in the low single digits as a result of operating
underperformance, considerable increases in capex or sizeable cash
being distributed to shareholders or to the B2B business, which is
outside the restricted group

- EBITDAR leverage above 4.5x

- EBITDAR fixed charge coverage below 3.0x

Factors That Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Continued growth with EBITDAR approaching EUR200 million, through
increased geographical diversification into new regulated markets

- FCF margin maintained in the medium-to-high single digits

- EBITDAR leverage consistently below 3.5x

- EBITDAR fixed charge coverage maintained above 3.5x

Liquidity and Debt Structure

Meuse's cash flow balance was a comfortable EUR76 million at
end-2024, after Fitch's adjustments of EUR20 million of cash for
operational purposes. Additional financial flexibility stems from
an undrawn RCF of EUR80 million and sustained positive FCF margins
that Fitch forecasts to stay in the mid-to-high single digits.

Meuse will have no maturity before 2030 after the transaction,
while the RCF will be increase to EUR100 million, increasing
liquidity.

Issuer Profile

Meuse is an omnichannel gaming and sports-betting operator with a
leading position in Belgium (60% of GGR), and a presence in France,
Switzerland, Portugal, the Netherlands and Spain.

Summary of Financial Adjustments

Fitch computes Meuse's lease liability by multiplying Fitch-defined
cash lease costs by 8x, reflecting the long-term nature of rent
contracts for casino owners and a discount rate typical for a
developed European country, such as Belgium.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Macro and Sector
Forecasts data file which aggregates key data points used in its
credit analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

Meuse has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Customer Welfare - Fair
Messaging, Privacy & Data Security due to increasing regulatory
scrutiny of the sector, greater awareness around the social
implications of gaming addiction and an increasing focus on
responsible gaming, which has a negative impact on the credit
profile, and is relevant to the rating[s] in conjunction with other
factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt             Rating               Recovery   Prior
   -----------             ------               --------   -----
Meuse Finco SA

   senior secured    LT     BB  Rating Watch On   RR2      BB

Meuse Bidco SA       LT IDR B+  Affirmed                   B+


SARENS BESTUUR: S&P Raises ICR to 'B+' on Robust Performance
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its long-term issuer credit rating on
Belgium-headquartered Sarens Bestuur N.V. (Sarens) to 'B+' from 'B'
and its issue rating on the group's senior unsecured notes to 'BB-'
from 'B+'.

S&P said, "The positive outlook reflects our view that Sarens'
performance will remain robust, on the back of supportive
infrastructure and civil engineering markets, with adjusted debt to
EBITDA well below 4.5x in 2025-2026, and positive FOCF improving
materially in 2026 after the completion of its growth capex."

Sarens continues to demonstrate a solid performance, supported by
its ongoing diversification toward petrochemicals, civil and wind
power, additional manpower-services, and favorable infrastructure
and civil engineering markets.

S&P said, "As a result, we expect Sarens can maintain S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage below 4.5x (on a gross basis) over
2025-2026; Sarens has also refinanced its revolving credit and
lease facilities, resulting in an improved liquidity and debt
maturity profile, and we forecast free operating cash flow (FOCF)
to remain positive and improve over that period.

"The upgrade and positive outlook reflect our view that Sarens' S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA will stay below 4.5x in 2025
and 2026. Sarens deleveraged to 4.4x in 2024 from 4.7x in 2023 and
5.4x in 2022 on a S&P Global Ratings-adjusted basis, which is a
gross leverage metric. At year-end 2024, Sarens' net leverage was
also below 4.0x. This was attributed to the increase in EBITDA
alongside debt repayments, which resulted in a decrease in gross
debt. For 2025-2026, we forecast S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt
to EBITDA to remain broadly stable and lower than 4.5x, well below
the 5.0x threshold for the 'B+' rating.

"We expect Sarens to continue to perform strongly in 2025, despite
the prevailing economic conditions. In 2024, the group reported
solid financial results, supported by a robust order backlog and
continued strategic shift toward diversified projects and a rental
revenue base, particularly in expanding markets such as offshore
wind and nuclear power projects. As a result, revenue increased to
EUR856 million in 2024, up 7% compared to 2023. Absolute EBITDA
continued to rise slightly, driven by controlled purchases and
staff costs; however, EBITDA margins remained relatively stable,
averaging 18% in 2023-2024, due to increased subcontracting
activities and the start-up costs associated with additional
man-powered services. The positive trend continued in the first
quarter of 2025, with revenue growth of about 4%, while
profitability remained stable. This year, we anticipate a slight
revenue increase of 1.0%-4.0%. We also expect underlying EBITDA
margin to remain broadly stable, while the S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin should increase to about 19%
considering increased use of operational leases." The company is
committed to pursuing its diversification across geographies and
segments, including petrochemical maintenance, civil works, and
wind power installations, which should contribute to a higher
turnover.

The company has successfully refinanced its revolving credit and
lease facilities, resulting in a stronger liquidity and debt
maturity profile. At the beginning of May, Sarens entered a new
financing consisting of two separate syndicated loan agreements for
a five-year period: one syndicated lease with commitments for
EUR317 million and one syndicated revolving credit facility (RCF)
and term loan (bullet) for EUR235.5 million. The proceeds from the
bullet term loan have been used to repay a portion of Sarens'
unsecured notes, whose outstanding amount reduced to about EUR100
million. S&P views this refinancing as credit positive, since the
company has enhanced its debt maturity profile without incurring
any additional interest expenses. The next major financial debt
maturity is due in 2027, related to the outstanding amount of the
unsecured notes.

The upgrade also reflects Saren's management's conservative
approach toward leverage and its willingness to maintain a solid
capital structure. Financial deleveraging has been a key focus of
Sarens' management through operational growth and efficiencies.
Sarens is 100% owned by the Sarens family. S&P said, "We note that
Sarens has not distributed any dividends for the past 10 years, and
we understand it does not plan to distribute any in the foreseeable
future. We expect free cash flows will be mainly used to reduce net
leverage rather than paying shareholder remuneration."

S&P said, "We forecast that Sarens will continue to display
positive FOCF of over EUR40 million (before leases payments) on
average in 2025-2026, albeit slightly lower than peers'. The
company has consistently delivered positive FOCF over the past five
years, and we now anticipate FOCF of over EUR25 million in 2025.
However, Sarens' FOCF generation remains limited compared to that
of peers due to high capital expenditure (capex) for replacing
mobile cranes and facilitating growth in its wind and renewable
energy sectors. Sarens remains committed to maintaining net capex
of EUR50 million per year, along with an additional EUR30 million
of capex for higher-capacity cranes to support growth in its wind
and renewable energy (including nuclear) business. As a result, we
assume capex of about EUR75 million for 2025. In our view, the
limited FOCF is a rating constraint for the moment. However, we
expect FOCF and FOCF to debt to improve in 2026 as the company
completes its growth capex, which further supports our positive
outlook.

"The positive outlook reflects our view that Sarens' performance
will remain robust, on the back of supportive infrastructure and
civil engineering markets, with adjusted debt to EBITDA well below
4.5x in 2025-2026, and positive FOCF improving materially in 2026
after the completion of its growth capex."

S&P could revise the outlook to stable if:

-- Sarens' performance deteriorates such that its adjusted
leverage rises above 4.5x;

-- Its FOCF become neutral to negative; or

-- Its liquidity weakens.

S&P could raise its ratings if Sarens:

-- Maintains an adjusted debt to EBITDA below 4.5x;

-- Generates solid FOCF, leading to FOCF to debt of over 5%; and

-- Maintains financial policies that support a stronger rating.




===========
F R A N C E
===========

EUTELSAT: S&P Places 'B-' ICR on Credit Pos. on Equity Injection
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings placed its 'B-' issuer credit rating on French
satellite operator Eutelsat, and the 'B' issue rating on debt
issued by Eutelsat S.A. on CreditWatch with positive implications,
as well as the 'B-' issue rating on debt issued by Eutelsat
Communications.

The CreditWatch positive placement reflects S&P's view that it
would raise the ratings by one notch upon the transaction's close.

The transaction further demonstrates Eutelsat's strategic value to
France and the EU. The company's LEO constellation is becoming
increasingly important, particularly for highly sensitive military
and government communications. This is evidenced in the current
Ukraine and Russian war, where LEO services have provided vital
communications lifeline for Ukraine. The LEO market is dominated by
Starlink and the company is tightly controlled by Elon Musk. EU
governments, amid the growing awareness of sovereignty and
security, have therefore turned to Eutelsat, the only other LEO
service provider, to strengthen their positions in this new field.
As a result, Eutelsat was chosen to be the LEO partner of the
IRIS2, EU's EUR10.6 billion program on LEO and medium Earth orbit
to boost its satellite-based connectivity. In addition to the
funding, the company also benefits from a more favorable position
compared with Starlink in government contracts in the EU. The
company just signed a framework agreement with France's Ministry of
the Armed Forces valued up to EUR1 billion, and its increasing
presence in Ukraine is funded by the German government. On the
other hand, the Italian government's negotiations with Starlink,
worth EUR1.6 billion, have come to a standstill, with Eutelsat
being a possible alternative. S&P said, "We would likely treat
Eutelsat as government-related entity (GRE) after the transaction
closes. However, we don't expect any direct rating uplift from the
company's GRE status, given our view that the company will continue
to operate as an independent business, the company's strategic
values to France and EU are yet to be fully realized, and a
financial stress of Eutelsat will not have a systemic impact on
France's economy or defense capabilities."

The announced equity injection will ease the company's short-term
liquidity pressure. The company has significantly scaled back its
capital spending (capex) program in the past two fiscal years
(ended June 30) compared with its original plan following the
merger with OneWeb. Nevertheless, the elevated capex and working
capital to support its LEO constellation, and higher financing
costs, led to significant cash outflow in fiscal 2024 and 2025. S&P
thinks the fresh equity injection, together with increased
ownership by the French state, through State Participations Agency,
will be sufficient to fund its upsized capex in fiscal 2026 and
improve its ability to refinance the upcoming maturing debts in
fiscal 2027, easing the short-term liquidity pressure.

Further funding will be needed to support the company's long-term
success. The company estimated total capex and leases of about EUR4
billion until 2029, of which EUR2 billion on the replacing and
extension of the company's first-generation constellation. S&P
said, "As a result, we think the equity injection alone will not be
sufficient and the company will need to secure additional funding
for the EUR4 billion capex program. Furthermore, we think the
company could still face some operational challenges considering
the competitive market environment, its weak track record, and
sustained negative cash flow."

The company's GEO business is under increased pressure. S&P said,
"We forecast the revenue and EBITDA margin of Eutelsat S.A., the
company's GEO business, will be on a faster declining path,
compared with our previous expectation that the segment's
connectivity growth would, to a certain extent, offset the video
decline. We think the GEO connectivity segment will face a
cannibalizing effect from LEO, which will lead to a steady decline
of the business, despite Eutelsat's strategy to offer customers
combined LEO and GEO connectivity." The company wrote off EUR535
million of its GEO assets, due to lower expectations of future cash
flows. That said, the company's credit quality still benefits from
its good cash flow generation and tight restrictions on upstreaming
cash to fund the loss-making OneWeb.

S&P said, "We expect to resolve the CreditWatch placements when the
announced equity injection completes by the end of 2025.

"At that time, we will likely raise our issuer credit rating on
Eutelsat by one notch to 'B'. We expect to raise our issue-level
rating on Eutelsat Communications S.A. debt by one notch to 'B',
and on Eutelsat S.A. debt by one notch to 'B+'.

"However, this will depend on how we view the company's operational
performance, cash flow, and capital structure post-transaction."


KEREIS: Moody's Affirms 'B2' CFR, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has affirmed the B2 Corporate Family Rating and the
B2-PD Probability of Default Rating of Kereis. Concurrently,
Moody's have assigned B2 ratings to the EUR1,130 million Senior
Unsecured Bank Credit Facility (senior unsecured 1st Lien Term Loan
B), and to the EUR175 million Senior Secured Bank Credit Facility
(senior secured Revolving Credit Facility) issued by KI Knight
France BidCo SAS, and Moody's have withdrawn the ratings of the
previous revolving credit facility and term loan B1 issued by
Kereis and Kereis Holding. The outlook on Kereis remains stable.
Moody's have assigned a stable outlook to KI Knight France BidCo.
The outlook for Kereis Holding has been withdrawn.

Kereis is the leading brokerage firm for credit protection
insurance in France, with a 25% market share in the French loan
insurance segment, although the group continues to diversify in
other segments of insurance brokerage. Since 2020, Kereis was held
by Bridgepoint, a pan-European private equity investor. On May 28th
2025, Advent, a private equity firm with an expertise in financial
services, has entered into an exclusive agreement to acquire the
large majority of Kereis' shares.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The action prompted by the shareholding change, and Advent becoming
the majority shareholder for the group, alongside management which
will retain 2% of the shares. Moody's believes this new
shareholding structure will not trigger any change in Kereis'
strategy going forward, and that the investment horizon of Advent
(i.e. 4 to 7 years for similar companies) will allow both timely
support if needed, and a smooth execution of the continued
diversification put in place by the group during the last years.

As part of financing the acquisition by Advent, Kereis is also
refinancing and increasing its first lien term loan with an
increased amount of EUR1,130 million (vs. EUR965 million
previously), due in 2032. At the same time, the company is also
increasing its revolving credit facility (RCF) from EUR105 million
to EUR175 million. Both facilities will be issued by the new BidCo,
KI Knight France BidCo SAS. The B2 rating on the first lien senior
unsecured Term loan, and the B2 rating on the senior secured first
lien revolver due in 2031 by KI Knight France BidCo, reflect
Moody's views of the probability of default of Kereis, along with
Moody's Loss Given Default (LGD) assessment of the debt obligations
and the absence of strong covenants.

The affirmation of Kereis' B2 CFR reflects the resilience in
group's profits and cash flow generation in 2024, the increasing
business and geographic diversification in line with the group's
strategy, and the stabilization of the French housing market which
still accounts for about 45% of Kereis' revenues.

In 2024, Kereis reported a stable EBITDA at EUR164 million in spite
of a difficult French housing loan market, partly thanks to a
stabilization during the last quarter. Revenues slightly increased
compared to 2023 at EUR408 million (+3%), reflecting expansion in
wholesale brokerage and SME activities. EBITDA margin remained
close to 40%.

Kereis' performance in the last years also benefitted from
legislation changes such as the Lemoine law, allowing to switch
loan insurer more easily which boosted renegotiations, and by
increasing diversification. The company's niche in the French loan
and credit insurance brokerage market (which contributed to
approximately 46% of the group's revenues in 2024, a steadily
decreasing share) is complemented by its diversification into
protection and health insurance sectors, covering worker
protection, retirement, and individual health products.
Additionally, Kereis has expanded its operations beyond France,
with significant activities in Germany, Spain, Italy, and Belgium,
but also Portugal. Cash flows also remained strong, with a
conversion ratio of over 85%, and a target cash position of over
EUR100 million through the cycle (Q1 2025: EUR112 million). Kereis'
ratings are also supported by its very strong EBITDA margin (around
45% on average in the last five years).

Nonetheless, Kereis remains of limited size compared to its global
peers, reporting EUR408 million in gross revenues for FY 2024. The
group's leverage ratio has also increased recently, primarily due
to the tap issuance at YE 2024, and Moody's expects it will
continue to slightly increase following the refinancing of the term
loan, although remaining below or at the downgrade trigger level.
Going forward, Moody's expects that the company will continue its
M&A activities, funded by cash or the expanded credit facility.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

The assignment of the new rating to KI Knight France BidCo SAS also
takes into account the effectiveness of the governance within the
group, as part of Moody's assessments of environmental, social and
governance (ESG) considerations. Kereis faces high governance
risks, given the credit impact of high financial leverage, and the
majority ownership by a private equity group. These risks, however,
are partly offset by the strong management credibility and track
record, strong organizational structure, and timely compliance and
reporting.

OUTLOOK

The stable outlook reflects Moody's views that Kereis aims at
further improving its business profile by continuing to increase
diversification and gaining in size, while maintaining a financial
leverage at or below the current level, in the 6.0-7.0x range, and
posting EBITDA margins in the 40%-45% range in the next 12-18
months.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Factors that could lead to an upgrade of Kereis' ratings include:
(i) a decrease in the financial leverage, as evidenced by an
adjusted debt-to-EBITDA ratio maintained below 5.5x on a sustained
basis, or (ii) a material increase in Kereis' size and/or business
and geographic diversification, without materially affecting
profitability, in particular EBITDA margin.

Conversely, a negative rating action on the ratings could occur if
(i) adjusted debt-to-EBITDA ratio were to increase sustainably
above 7x, or (ii) the EBITDA margin were to contract below 30% on a
sustained basis, or (iii) the liquidity profile were to
deteriorate, as evidenced by a decreased to nil FCF-to-debt ratio.

PRINCIPAL METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Insurance
Brokers and Service Companies published in February 2024.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.


PAPREC HOLDING: Fitch Rates EUR850MM Secured Green Bond 'BB+(EXP)'
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned Paprec Holding SA's proposed green
EUR850 million senior secured green bond, to be split in two
tranches, an expected rating of 'BB+(EXP)' with a Recovery Rating
of 'RR3'.  The pricing, final tenor and tranche structure are
subject to market conditions.

The proposed five- and seven-year issue is rated one notch above
Paprec's 'BB' Issuer Default Rating (IDR) and aligned with that of
outstanding senior secured notes. The draft terms largely reflect
those of the existing notes.

The proceeds of the new issue will finance the par redemption
ofEUR300 million and EUR500 million senior secured notes maturing
in 2027 and 2029, respectively; the remainder, depending on final
issue terms, will meet transaction costs, improve the company's
liquidity and help fund its expansion.

The final rating is subject to the receipt of final terms and
documentation confirming information received.

Key Rating Drivers

Senior Secured Rating: The proposed notes' 'BB+(EXP)' rating is
aligned with that of the existing 2028 EUR450 million (EUR422
million outstanding following a partial buy-back), 2027 EUR300
million and 2029 EUR500 million senior secured. Bondholders will
benefit from collateral on securities, pledged bank accounts and
intercompany receivables of Paprec's subsidiaries on a first
priority basis. The notes will rank equally with the 2028 notes and
a super senior revolving credit facility agreement.

The group and guarantors generate about 60% of group EBITDA, which
is lower than similar transactions (usually about 80% of
consolidated EBITDA), but similar with the 2023 bond issue.

Limited Impact on Credit Metrics: Fitch expects the proposed issue
to be largely neutral to EBITDA net leverage. However, EBITDA
interest coverage should improve to an average 6.0x for 2025-2029,
from 4.4x in 2024, based on expected lower interest costs compared
with the refinanced 6.5% and 7.5% senior secured bonds issued in
2023.

Solid EBITDA Performance: The company's Fitch-calculated EBITDA
increased 17% to EUR313 million in 2024, supported by strong growth
in waste services, the sale of recycled materials and effective
cost management. The group maintained an EBITDA margin of 16%,
demonstrating its ability to pass on cost increases to customers
and leverage its pricing power. Renewal rates remain high, at over
98% for private clients. Trading remained strong in 1Q25, with
double-digit EBITDA growth and stable margins.

Negative FCF, High Leverage: Paprec's EBITDA net leverage (pro
forma for acquisitions) was 3.7x at end-2024, below its loosened
negative sensitivity of 3.9x for the 'BB' rating. High investments
and increasing dividend distributions translate into negative free
cash flow (FCF), despite strong EBITDA increase. For 2025, Fitch
remains cautious on margins and additional acquisitions, which may
result in slower deleveraging than management forecasts, towards
3.5x (about 3.0x for management).

Commitment to Financial Policy Key: Fitch expects the company to
show a strong commitment to maintaining net debt/EBITDA (as
reported by the group) within 2.5x-3.5x, which is consistent with
the 'BB' rating. Fitch expects leverage to retain moderate headroom
against its negative sensitivity, remaining close to 3.5x. Fitch
would expect equity support should any large M&A threaten to
undermine the financial policy and breach the leverage negative
rating sensitivity.

Revised Sensitivities: Fitch has relaxed Paprec's debt capacity
sensitivities for the 'BB' rating, increasing them by 0.4x, to
3.2x-3.9x. This reflects its increasing diversification in
fee-based waste services, its reduced reliance on raw recycled
materials sales that are exposed to market-driven prices (although
mitigated by indexation clauses in all contracts), and the group's
ability to maintain stable margins through effective contractual
structures and pricing power. The company demonstrated margin
resilience during the pandemic, the energy crisis and the
inflationary period of 2022-2023, maintaining its performance,
despite the economic downturn and commodity price volatility.

Active M&A Strategy: Paprec plans to continue its selective
external expansion strategy by acquiring small- to medium-sized,
family-owned and regional waste management businesses offering
synergies and easy integration. Fitch expects Paprec to comply with
its committed leverage target as it pursues acquisitions. Its
rating case includes M&A of an average EUR50 million a year between
2025 and 2028, with returns based on a 6.0x EBITDA multiple, in
line with that of recent acquisitions.

One-Off Cash Outflows Impact: Paprec is subject to one-off cash
outflows due to an exceptional surtax rate approved in France for
2024 and 2025, increasing its effective tax rate to 36% from 25%.
The group has also reached a judicial agreement with the French
National Financial Prosecutor over historical allegations. The
company will pay EUR12.7 million in fines and forfeitures over
2024-2026, resolving the allegations without implying any admission
of liability or guilt by Paprec, according to the company. It is
able to absorb these temporary additional outflows.

Peer Analysis

Seche Environnement S.A. (BB/Stable) and Derichebourg S.A.
(BB+/Stable) are Paprec's closest peers and are medium-sized waste
management companies operating primarily in France.

The former specialises in hazardous waste management, which is
subject to strict technical requirements with higher barriers to
entry and pricing power than Paprec's lower-margin non-hazardous
waste business. Paprec's recycling activities have higher business
risk, due to exposure to primary commodity prices and demand for
manufactured goods, for which it is a price taker. Seche's credit
profile is marginally stronger than Paprec's, given its value and
margin-added service offering, and its higher weight of fee-based
revenues.

Derichebourg is a pure recycling specialist with a strong presence
in the metal (ferrous and non-ferrous) recycling business in France
and Spain. Paprec and Derichebourg operate a dense network of
collection and processing sites, with the former benefiting from a
more diversified waste mix, service offering and indexation
clauses. Derichebourg has a stronger presence outside France and
its higher rating largely reflects its more conservative financial
policy and lower leverage.

Luna III S.a.r.l. (BB/Stable) and FCC Servicios Medio Ambiente
Holding, S.A. (BBB/Stable), Spanish waste management companies,
operate under long-term concession contracts with municipalities
and are largely shielded from price risk, in contrast to Paprec's
exposure to merchant risk. Luna and FCC benefit from low exposure
to private industrial and commercial customers and higher
geographical diversification. The stronger business profiles of
Luna and FCC support their higher debt capacities than Paprec's.

Key Assumptions

Its Key Assumptions Within its Rating Case for the Issuer

- Volumes of waste processed 2% CAGR for 2025-2028

- Volumes of raw materials recycled 1.5% CAGR between 2025 and
2028

- Raw material prices to gradually decline to about EUR170/tonne by
2028, from EUR200/tonne in 2025

- Prices for waste services CAGR 2% for 2025-2028

- Average EBITDA (excluding IFRS16) margin of 11% for 2025-2028

- Capex of EUR900 million between 2025 and 2028

- Bolt-on acquisitions of about EUR50 million a year (equity value)
for 2025-2028, at a 6x enterprise value/EBITDA multiple

- Dividends paid rising to EUR55 million in 2028, from EUR30
million in 2025

- New proposed EUR850 billion senior secured notes in 2025

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- EBITDA net leverage above 3.9x, for example, due to deviations in
financial policy to fund additional capex, acquisitions and
dividends

- EBITDA interest coverage below 3.5x and consistently negative
FCF

- Increasing margin volatility due to changes to the structure of
contracts, especially regarding indexation to raw material prices

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- EBITDA net leverage consistently below 3.2x, supported by a
consistent public financial policy and adequate visibility over the
group's long-term growth strategy

- EBITDA interest coverage above 4.5x

- Improved profitability, reflected in a sustained EBITDA margin
above 12%

- Positive FCF

Liquidity and Debt Structure

At end-2024, Paprec had EUR197 million of readily available cash
(including EUR10 million of marketable securities) and a revolving
credit facility of EUR360 million maturing in August 2027, which is
fully undrawn. This is against its forecast of negative FCF of
about EUR70 million and EUR114 million of short-term debt
liabilities in 2025. In July 2024, the company issued an additional
EUR200 million tranche of senior secured notes due 2029. It has no
major debt repayments before 2027.

Fitch expects the proposed notes to improve liquidity, depending on
the amount raised in excess of the refinancing of its EUR300
million and EUR500 million bonds, and on the final size of the
issue and to be gradually reinvested. Its revolving credit facility
will be increased to at least EUR400 million and its maturity
extended to 2028, from 2027, with an automatic extension set at
three months prior to the shorter maturity of the two proposed
green bonds.

Issuer Profile

Paprec is a majority family-owned waste recycling company in
France. It has 369 waste sorting, processing and recycling sites,
operates 28 energy-from-waste plants and 20 landfills in France. It
recycled about 17 million tonnes of waste in 2024.

Date of Relevant Committee

17 June 2025

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Macro and Sector
Forecasts data file which aggregates key data points used in its
credit analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt             Rating                   Recovery   
   -----------             ------                   --------   
Paprec Holding SA

   senior secured      LT BB+(EXP)  Expected Rating   RR3


PAPREC HOLDING: S&P Affirms 'BB' ICR & Alters Outlook to Stable
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook on Paprec Holding to stable
from negative, affirmed its 'BB' ratings on the company and its
outstanding debt, and assigned its 'BB' rating to the proposed
EUR850 million senior secured notes; thee recovery rating of '3' is
unchanged, indicating its expectation of meaningful recovery
prospects (rounded estimate: 55%) in the event of a payment
default.

The stable outlook indicates S&P's expectation that 20% revenue
growth in 2025 and S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins
improving to about 16% will drive S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt
to EBITDA to about 3.7x and funds from operations (FFO) to debt
toward 20%, with further deleveraging expected in 2026, consistent
with the company's prudent approach to mergers and acquisitions
(M&A).

S&P said, "We anticipate Paprec will achieve solid operating
performance in 2025 with 20% revenue growth and EBITDA margin
improvements. Paprec reported strong revenue and EBITDA growth of
about 15% in 2024, with resilient EBITDA margins, thanks to the
group's ability to pass through cost increases to its customers. In
2025, we expect Paprec will increase revenue by another 20% backed
by strong commercial activity that has resulted in a EUR12 billion
order backlog as of March 31, 2025, along with the full year
consolidation of businesses acquired in 2024." Paprec's organic
growth prospects are underpinned by a continued rise in waste
recycling, market share gains in Spain, and investment-driven
business development in waste-to-energy in France. S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margins will likely improve by about 50
basis points to 16% in 2025. Continued cost passthrough, a gradual
rampup of new contracts, and strict cost control will support
margin expansion. In the first quarter of 2025, Paprec's volumes
increased by 10.1% and its revenue expanded by 15.3%, which support
our full-year projections.

Paprec' resilient performance underpins our projected stronger
credit metrics, which alongside its increased scale and business
diversification over recent years provide greater headroom under
the 'BB' rating. S&P said, "We project the company's S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA will improve to 3.7x from 4.3x in 2024, and
its FFO to debt will strengthen to about 20% from 17.3% in 2024. We
assess that these credit metrics will comfortably support the 'BB'
rating over the next two years. We acknowledge that Paprec's
revenue base has significantly increased over recent years and the
group has become more diversified across various waste streams and
waste services, such as through the expansion of waste-to-energy
activities, from its historical focus on paper and nonhazardous
industrial waste recycling. Furthermore, Paprec's track record of
revenue and EBITDA growth reflects the robustness and resilience of
its business model, even in challenging market conditions.
Long-term contracts (seven years on average) and high customer
retention rates (higher than 98% for private customers) underpin
this stability. The share of sales of raw materials from recycling,
which is more exposed to volatility of market prices, has decreased
over the years to about 25% of total revenue. In addition, Paprec
benefits from an extensive network of processing and recycling
sites, which creates barriers to entry. Yet, in our view, Paprec's
business risk profile remains somewhat below that of its closest
peers, Seche Environnement (BB/Stable/--) and Luna 2.5 Sarl
(Urbaser: BB-/Stable/--). Seche Environnement's solid position in
hazardous waste, in a market that benefits from strong barriers to
entry, and very stable profitability over the years, support our
stronger view of its business relative to Paprec. We also consider
that Urbaser, which benefits from long-term concession contracts
and greater geographic diversification, has a more solid business
risk profile overall."

The proposed bond issuance and refinancing will result in interest
cost savings and therefore contribute to improved free cash flow.
Paprec intends to use the proceeds of the proposed EUR850 million
senior secured notes to redeem the EUR300 million senior secured
notes due 2027 and EUR500 million senior secured notes due 2029,
and for general corporate purposes. Excluding transaction and bond
redemption costs, in 2025, S&P expects a strong increase in its
adjusted free operating cash flow (FOCF) figure for Paprec to about
EUR180 million, driven by EBITDA growth and reduced interest costs,
although FOCF would be only slightly positive after lease capital
expenditure (capex). The proposed transaction also improves
Paprec's debt maturity and liquidity profiles by increasing the
duration of its debt and adding cash to the balance sheet,
depending on the final size of the bond issuance. It may also
provide Paprec with additional flexibility to pursue its M&A
strategy in the coming years. This strategy is expected to remain
selective and consistent with the company's stated financial
policy, which allows releveraging of up to 3.5x on a company
reported basis, which corresponds to 4.0x-4.5x on an S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted basis.

S&P said, "The stable outlook indicates our expectation that 20%
revenue growth in 2025 and S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA
margins improving to about 16% will drive S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA to about 3.7x and FFO to debt
toward 20%, with further deleveraging expected in 2026, consistent
with the company's prudent approach to M&A.

"We could lower the rating if S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to
EBITDA increased, exceeding 4.5x, and FFO to debt fell below 16%,
both on a sustained basis. This could happen if Paprec faces
unexpected problems with its international expansion or makes
operational missteps in France. It could also follow a severe
economic contraction in Europe that depressed volumes and prices,
especially for industrial clients."

S&P could also lower its rating if Paprec:

-- Attempts significant debt-funded acquisitions; or

-- Undertakes material shareholder distributions that
significantly increase its leverage.

S&P said, "We could raise the rating if Paprec's adjusted leverage
decreased below 3.5x and FFO to debt improved and stayed above
25%--both sustainably. This would likely result from a continuously
strong operating performance, good execution and ramp-up of new
contracts, and continued renewals of existing contracts. We would
also expect the company to adopt a more conservative financial
policy that supports these credit metrics through the investment
and acquisition cycles.

"We could raise the ratings if Paprec successfully continues its
revenue and international expansion and activity diversification,
or achieves higher EBITDA margins, which would translate into
stronger FOCF."




=============
G E R M A N Y
=============

ADLER GROUP: S&P Lowers First-Lien Sr. Secured Notes Rating to 'B'
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered to 'B' from 'B+' its issue rating on
Adler's first-lien senior secured notes, and to 'CCC' From 'CCC+'
its issue ratings on the group's 1.5-lien senior secured notes and
on the 2026 bond. This is because S&P revised down the recovery
ratings on the first-lien debt to '2' from '1' and on the 1.5-lien
notes to '6' from '5'. The 'CCC' issue rating and '6' recovery
rating on the group's third-lien secured bond remain unchanged.

On June 27, 2025, Adler Real Estate, a wholly owned subsidiary of
Adler Group S.A., settled its cash tender offer to repurchase its
outstanding EUR300 million secured notes due April 27, 2026. These
notes will be repaid in cash through a tap of the group's
first-lien notes. A total of EUR285.2 million was
tendered--representing 95% of the nominal amount
outstanding--leaving a EUR14.8 million stub at Adler Real Estate.
As a result of this transaction, the group's first-lien notes
increase to approximately EUR1.3 billion from EUR1.0 billion.

Although the transaction does not increase the total amount of
debt, the changes in the waterfall lead to weaker recovery
prospects for the debtholders of these instruments, prompting the
rating action. S&P views Adler's 1.5-lien notes, which it
classifies as second lien, and Adler Real Estate's 2026 bond as
pari passu, ranking behind the group's first-lien bond. The '6'
recovery rating on the group's third-lien secured bond continues to
reflect the very low recovery prospects in an event of default
(close to 0%).

Supportively, the transaction should enable the group to address
almost all of its debt maturities until the end of 2026, further
improving its short-term liquidity. All in all, the issuer credit
rating is not affected by this cash tender offer.

Issue Ratings--Recovery Analysis

Key analytical factors

-- The group's EUR1.3 billion first-lien senior secured bond,
increased from EUR1.1 billion before the cash tender offer, and
issued by Adler Financing, due in December 2028, is rated 'B' with
a recovery rating of '2', based on S&P's expectation of substantial
recovery (70%-90%; rounded estimate: 80%) in the event of a
default.

-- Adler Financing's second-lien secured 2029 bond of EUR716
million (reported by Adler as 1.5 lien) and Adler RE's nominal stub
of EUR14.8 million 2026 bond are rated 'CCC' with recovery ratings
of '6', based on our expectations of negligible recovery (close to
0%) in the event of a default.

-- The rating on Adler Group's third-lien secured bond (reported
by Adler as second lien) of nominal EUR700 million, held by
Titanium 2L Bondco S.a.r.l., due 2030, remains at 'CCC' with a
recovery rating of '6', reflecting our expectations of very low
recovery (close to 0%).

-- S&P performed its recovery analysis on a consolidated group
level, including Adler Real Estate and Consus Real Estate AG.

-- In S&P's hypothetical default scenario, it anticipates that a
severe macroeconomic downturn in Germany will depress the market
and exacerbate competitive pressures. S&P values the group as a
going concern.

-- S&P's stressed valuation figure comprises the stressed value of
the company's property portfolio and real estate inventory from
development projects.

-- Adler reported a gross asset value of EUR3.5 billion of
standing assets and about EUR1.0 billion of development assets on
March 31, 2025.

-- S&P estimates the group's asset values in a distressed
situation and apply different haircuts to standing assets,
development projects, and inventories, which is consistent with
industry peers that it rates. The gross enterprise value (EV) of
about to EUR2.8 billion is after applying its haircuts in a
distressed situation.

-- S&P applies a 5% administrative fee on the gross EV to reach to
net enterprise value.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Year of default: 2027
-- Jurisdiction: Germany

Simplified waterfall

-- Gross EV at emergence: EUR2.8 billion

-- Net EV at emergence after administrative costs: EUR2.6 billion

-- Total priority claims at Adler Group: EUR1.2 billion

-- Total net EV available to first-lien debt: EUR1.4 billion

-- First-lien debt claims: EUR1.8 billion

-- Recovery expectation for first lien lenders: 70%-90% (rounded
80%)

-- Net EV available to second-lien debt: EUR0 million

-- Second-lien debt claims: EUR960 billion

-- Recovery expectation: 0%

-- Net EV available to third-lien priority debt: EUR0 million

-- Third-lien priority debt claims: EUR817 million

-- Recovery expectation: 0%

*All debt amounts include six months of prepetition interest


DEMIRE DEUTSCHE: Moody's Withdraws 'Caa2' Corporate Family Rating
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has withdrawn DEMIRE Deutsche Mittelstand Real
Estate AG's ratings, including its Caa2 long-term corporate family
rating and Caa2 senior unsecured rating. The outlook prior to the
withdrawal was stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Moody's have decided to withdraw the rating(s) following a review
of the issuer's request to withdraw its rating(s).

COMPANY PROFILE

Headquartered in Langen, Germany, DEMIRE Deutsche Mittelstand Real
Estate AG (DEMIRE) is a publicly listed commercial real estate
company with a focus on offices and retail assets in secondary
locations across Germany. The company's portfolio has 49 single
properties and an aggregate portfolio value of around EUR1
billion.


HSE FINANCE: S&P Lowers LT ICR to 'D' on Court Sanctioned Order
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its long-term issuer credit rating on
German TV home shopping broadcaster, HSE Finance S.a.r.l. (HSE) to
'D' (default) from 'CCC' and its issue rating on the EUR630 million
senior secured notes to 'D' (default).  S&P's '4' recovery rating
on the senior secured notes is unchanged.

S&P said, "At the same time, we assigned our preliminary 'B-'
issue-level rating and preliminary '2' recovery rating to the
group's new EUR340 million senior secured notes. The '2' recovery
rating indicates our expectation for substantial (70%-90%; rounded
estimate: 70%) recovery, due to the instrument ranking senior to
the new EUR192 million PIK notes, albeit below the prior-ranking
trade receivables factoring and the super-senior EUR35 million
revolving credit facility (RCF), expected to be extended with the
existing lenders until April 2029."

HSE has received a court order sanctioning a scheme of arrangement.
This includes the exchange of its EUR630 million senior secured
notes due in October 2026 for new EUR340 million Euribor +6.00%
cash interest notes due in October 2029 to be issued by its fully
owned subsidiary, HSE Investment and EUR192 million payment-in-kind
(PIK) notes due in April 2030 to be issued by parent, HSE Finance.

The downgrade follows receipt of the court sanctioned order for the
tender and exchange offer on June 11, 2024, reflecting that S&P
Global Ratings sees the transaction as distressed. HSE has received
the court approval of its U.K. scheme of arrangement proposing to
exchange its EUR630 million senior secured notes due in October
2026 into new EUR340 million senior secured OpCo notes due in
October 2029 and EUR192 million HoldCo PIK notes due in April 2030.
The remaining EUR98 million in debt out of the previous EUR630
million notes is to be converted to equity with pro forma equity
ownership as follows: Providence Equity Partners (48%), bondholders
(37%), and management (15%, unchanged).

S&P said, "We expect to review our issuer credit rating on HSE in
the coming days, once the transaction and new debt issuance are
completed. Our review will focus on our forward-looking view of
HSE's creditworthiness, which includes the company's operating
performance, capital structure, liquidity, and our forecast of its
credit metrics.

"On emergence, we think the capital structure will remain
unsustainable over the long term, exacerbated by the HoldCo notes '
PIK interest, even though liquidity will be adequate and short-term
refinancing risk resolved. We assume only modest revenue growth
over our 2025-2027 forecast period, as most of HSE's assortment is
discretionary, and geographically the business is concentrated in
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. In our opinion, its adjusted
leverage, including HoldCo PIK will remain high, its ability to
service the substantial fixed cash charges will stay vulnerable and
dependent on favorable business, financial, and economic
conditions, and further leverage reduction will be constrained by
the HolcoCo notes' PIK interest accrual.

"We assigned our preliminary 'B-' issue-level rating and
preliminary '2' recovery rating to the company's new EUR340 million
senior secured notes due 2029. The '2' recovery rating indicates
our expectation of substantial (70%-90%; rounded estimate: 70%)
recovery because the instrument ranks senior to the new EUR192
million PIK notes, albeit below the prior-ranking claims of
super-senior EUR35 million RCF and factoring.

"The final ratings will depend on our receipt and satisfactory
review of all final transaction documentation, including legal
opinions. Accordingly, the preliminary ratings should not be
construed as evidence of final ratings. If S&P Global Ratings does
not receive final documentation within a reasonable time frame, or
if final documentation departs from materials reviewed, S&P Global
Ratings reserves the right to withdraw or revise its ratings."


MAHLE GMBH: Moody's Rates New EUR300MM Sr. Unsecured Notes 'Ba2'
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings said that it expects to assign a Ba2 instrument
rating to MAHLE GmbH's ("MAHLE" or "group") proposed EUR300 million
backed senior unsecured notes due 2032.

The group intends to use the proceeds of the new issuance for
general corporate purposes and to cover upcoming debt maturities.

The expected Ba2 instrument rating on the proposed backed senior
unsecured notes would be in line with MAHLE's Ba2 long-term
corporate family rating (CFR) and with the Ba2 instrument rating on
its existing EUR500 million 6.5% guaranteed senior unsecured notes
due 2031, which Moody's expects will have largely the same terms
and conditions. The outlook is negative.

The transaction will improve MAHLE's debt maturity profile as the
new backed senior unsecured notes will mature in 2032, four years
after its outstanding EUR750 million senior unsecured notes due
2028 and one year after its EUR500 million guaranteed senior
unsecured notes due 2031.

However, Moody's expects MAHLE's financing costs to slightly
increase post the transaction, assuming a higher interest rate on
the new notes compared to other outstanding debt of the group.

MAHLE's capital structure consists mainly of senior unsecured
notes, as well as project-based funding and other bank facilities.
The expected Ba2 instrument rating on the proposed new backed
senior unsecured notes reflects their senior ranking in Moody's
loss given default (LGD) assessment, together with the group's
existing EUR500 million guaranteed senior unsecured notes, project
based funding provided by the European Investment Bank, and EUR1.2
billion revolving credit facility (RCF, maturing in 2028), with all
of these instruments benefitting from guarantees provided by
material operating subsidiaries. Moody's also rank first various
other bank loans, trade payables and pensions at operating
entities. These liabilities rank ahead of the group's
non-guaranteed senior unsecured notes, Schuldscheindarlehen and
other bank debt at holding entities.

Given the structural subordination of the senior unsecured,
non-guaranteed notes, their instrument rating remains unaffected at
Ba3, one notch below the CFR.

Headquartered in Stuttgart, Germany, MAHLE is one of the top 30
global automotive parts suppliers.

MAHLE's business segments are Powertrain and Charging (33% of 2024
sales), Thermal and Fluid Systems (55%) and Lifecycle and Mobility
(11%) In 2024, the group generated revenues of around EUR11.7
billion and company-defined EBIT of EUR423 million (3.6% margin).
MAHLE, which employed almost 68,000 employees and produced in 135
locations worldwide in 2024, is owned by the MAHLE Foundation. The
company owns a 61% stake in MAHLE Metal Leve S.A., which is
publicly listed in Brazil.


MAHLE GMBH: S&P Rates EUR300MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'BB-'
-----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB-' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to auto parts manufacturer Mahle GmbH's privately
placed EUR300 million senior unsecured notes due 2032. The '3'
recovery rating indicates its expectation of meaningful recovery
(50%-70%; rounded estimate: 55%) in the event of a default.

S&P views the transaction as leverage neutral because the company
intends to use the proceeds for general corporate purpose and to
repay existing debt.

Some of Mahle's debt is guaranteed by certain subsidiaries, which
together account for about 54% of Mahle's total EBITDA (including
recently acceded guarantor Mahle Behr GmbH & Co. KG). The
guaranteed debt comprises:

-- The new notes,

-- Mahle's existing EUR500 million unsecured notes due 2031,

-- Its EUR1.2 billion revolving credit facility (RCF), and

-- A EUR265 million European Investment Bank (EIB) loan.

All rank pari passu. In S&P's view, they have stronger recovery
prospects than the unguaranteed debt, which consists of:

-- The EUR750 million unsecured notes due 2028, and

-- About EUR212 million of unsecured promissory notes.

Issue Ratings--Recovery Analysis

Key analytical factors

-- S&P rates Mahle's new EUR300 million senior unsecured notes due
2032, existing EUR500 million senior unsecured notes due 2031, and
its EUR1.2 billion RCF at 'BB-' (the same level as our issuer
credit rating).

-- The recovery rating of '3' on these notes and the RCF indicates
that S&P anticipates meaningful recovery (50%-70%; rounded
estimate: 55%) in the event of a default.

-- The notes, the RCF, and the EIB loan are unsecured and benefit
from guarantees from certain subsidiaries. The existing EUR750
million unsecured notes due 2028 and about EUR212 million
promissory notes do not benefit from the same guarantees.

-- In S&P's hypothetical default scenario, it envisages a cyclical
downturn in the auto sector and that more intense competition would
prevent Mahle from adjusting its cost structure or passing through
higher costs for labor, energy, and other items, leading to a
material deterioration in its EBITDA and cash flow.

-- S&P values Mahle as a going concern, given its leading market
positions in its key segments and broad automotive component
portfolio.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Year of default: 2029
-- Enterprise value multiple: 5.0x
-- Jurisdiction: Germany

Simplified waterfall

-- Emergence EBITDA: EUR500 million (minimum capital expenditure
at 2% of historical three-year average sales; cyclicality
adjustment of 10%, standard for the auto sector; and minus 5%
operational adjustment)

-- Gross recovery value: EUR2.5 billion

-- Net recovery value for waterfall after 5% administration
expenses and accounting for pension claims: EUR1.97 billion

-- Estimated priority claims (factoring lines and debt at
subsidiary level): EUR514 million

-- Net value available to all unsecured debt after priority
claims: EUR1.46 billion (of which EUR1.24 billion is available to
guaranteed unsecured debt)

-- Guaranteed senior unsecured debt claims: EUR2.08 billion

    --Recovery expectations: 50%-70% (rounded estimate: 55%)

Note: All debt amounts include six months of prepetition interest
and the RCF is assumed 85% drawn at default.




=============
I R E L A N D
=============

ARBOUR CLO V: S&P Assigns B-(sf) Rating on Class F-R Notes
----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned credit ratings to Arbour CLO V DAC's
class A-R, B-R, C-R, D-R, E-R, and F-R notes. At closing, the
issuer also issued unrated subordinated notes.

Under the transaction documents, the rated notes will pay quarterly
interest unless a frequency switch event occurs. Following this,
the notes will switch to semiannual payment.

This transaction has 1.95 years non-call period and the portfolio's
reinvestment period will end approximately 4.95 years after
closing.

The ratings reflect S&P's assessment of:

-- The diversified collateral pool, which primarily comprises
broadly syndicated speculative-grade senior secured term loans and
bonds governed by collateral quality tests.

-- The credit enhancement provided through the subordination of
cash flows and excess spread.

-- The collateral manager's experienced team, which can affect the
performance of the rated notes through collateral selection,
ongoing portfolio management, and trading.

-- The transaction's legal structure, which is bankruptcy remote.

-- The transaction's counterparty risks, which are in line with
S&P's counterparty rating framework.

  Portfolio benchmarks

  S&P Global Ratings weighted-average rating factor    2,866.14
  Default rate dispersion                                475.07
  Weighted-average life (years)                            4.13
  Obligor diversity measure                              135.47
  Industry diversity measure                              21.22
  Regional diversity measure                               1.26

  Transaction key metrics

  Total par amount (mil. EUR)                            400.00
  Defaulted assets (mil. EUR)                             7.159
  Number of performing obligors                             158
  Portfolio weighted-average rating
  derived from S&P's CDO evaluator                            B
  'CCC' category rated assets (%)                          2.63
  'AAA' target portfolio weighted-average recovery (%)    36.47
  Target weighted-average spread (net of floors, %)        3.79
  Target weighted-average coupon (%)                       3.30

Rating rationale

S&P said, "Our ratings reflect our assessment of the collateral
portfolio's credit quality, which has a weighted-average rating of
'B'. The portfolio is well-diversified, primarily comprising
broadly syndicated speculative-grade senior secured term loans and
senior secured bonds. Therefore, we conducted our credit and cash
flow analysis by applying our criteria for corporate cash flow
CDOs.

"In our cash flow analysis, we modeled the EUR395.71 million target
par amount, which reflects the lower of the recovery or market
value of a senior secured loans issued by Altice France S.A.,
currently rated 'D' and also senior secured loans issued by
Praesidiad Ltd, which is reported as defaulted in the trustee
report. The target weighted-average spread of 3.79%, the target
weighted-average coupon of 3.30%, and the target weighted-average
recovery rates. We applied various cash flow stress scenarios,
using four different default patterns, in conjunction with
different interest rate stress scenarios for each liability rating
category.

"The transaction's documented counterparty replacement and remedy
mechanisms adequately mitigate its exposure to counterparty risk
under our counterparty criteria.

"Following the application of our structured finance sovereign risk
criteria, the transaction's exposure to country risk is limited at
the assigned ratings, as the exposure to individual sovereigns does
not exceed the diversification thresholds outlined in our
criteria.

"The transaction's legal structure is bankruptcy remote, in line
with our legal criteria.

"Our credit and cash flow analysis indicates that the available
credit enhancement for the class B-R to E-R notes could withstand
stresses commensurate with higher ratings than those we have
assigned. However, as the CLO is still in its reinvestment phase,
during which the transaction's credit risk profile could
deteriorate, we capped our assigned ratings on these notes. The
class A-R notes can withstand stresses commensurate with the
assigned ratings.

"For the class F-R notes, our credit and cash flow analysis
indicate that the available credit enhancement could withstand
stresses commensurate with a lower rating. However, we have applied
our 'CCC' rating criteria, resulting in a 'B- (sf)' rating on this
class of notes.

The ratings uplift for the class F-R notes reflects several key
factors, including:

The class F-R notes' available credit enhancement, which is in the
same range as that of other CLOs we have rated and that have
recently been issued in Europe.

The portfolio's average credit quality, which is similar to other
recent CLOs.

S&P said, "Our model generated break-even default rate at the 'B-'
rating level of 26.27% (for a portfolio with a weighted-average
life of 4.95 years), versus if we were to consider a long-term
sustainable default rate of 3.1% for 4.95 years, which would result
in a target default rate of 15.35%.

"We do not believe that there is a one-in-two chance of this note
defaulting.

"We do not envision this tranche defaulting in the next 12-18
months.

"Following this analysis, we consider that the available credit
enhancement for the class F-R notes is commensurate with the
assigned 'B- (sf)' rating.

"In addition to our standard analysis, to provide an indication of
how rising pressures among speculative-grade corporates could
affect our ratings on European CLO transactions, we have also
included the sensitivity of the ratings on the class A-R to E-R
notes based on four hypothetical scenarios.

"As our ratings analysis makes additional considerations before
assigning ratings in the 'CCC' category, and we would assign a 'B-'
rating if the criteria for assigning a 'CCC' category rating are
not met, we have not included the above scenario analysis results
for the class F-R notes."

Environmental, social, and governance

S&P said, "We regard the transaction's exposure to environmental,
social, and governance (ESG) credit factors in the transaction as
being broadly in line with our benchmark for the sector. Primarily
due to the diversity of the assets within CLOs, the exposure to
environmental credit factors is viewed as below average, and
governance credit factors are average. For this transaction, the
documents prohibit assets from being related to certain activities.
Accordingly, since the exclusion of assets from these industries
does not result in material differences between the transaction and
our ESG benchmark for the sector, no specific adjustments have been
made in our rating analysis to account for any ESG-related risks or
opportunities."

  Ratings list
  
                     Amount    Credit
  Class  Rating*   (mil. EUR)  enhancement (%)   Interest rate§

  A-R    AAA (sf)    244.00    39.00    Three/six-month EURIBOR  
                                        plus 1.40%

  B-R    AA (sf)      46.00    27.50    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 2.00%

  C-R    A (sf)       23.00    21.75    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 2.45%

  D-R    BBB- (sf)    29.00    14.50    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 3.35%

  E-R    BB- (sf)     18.00    10.00    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 5.80%

  F-R    B- (sf)      14.00     6.50    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 8.41%

  Sub. Notes  NR      60.30      N/A    N/A

*S&P's ratings on the class A-R, and B-R notes address timely
interest and ultimate principal payments. Our ratings on the class
C-R, D-R, E-R, and F-R notes address ultimate interest and
principal payments.
§The payment frequency switches to semiannual and the index
switches to six-month EURIBOR when a frequency switch event occurs.

EURIBOR--Euro Interbank Offered Rate.
NR--Not rated.
N/A--Not applicable.


AVOCA CLO XIV: S&P Assigns Prelim. B-(sf) Rating on F-R-R Notes
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its preliminary credit ratings to Avoca
CLO XIV DAC's class A loan and class X-R, A-R-R, B-R-R, C-R-R,
D-R-R, E-R-R, and F-R-R notes. At closing, the issuer had unrated
subordinated notes outstanding from the existing transaction.

The preliminary ratings assigned to Avoca CLO XIV's reset loan and
notes reflect S&P's assessment of:

-- The diversified collateral pool, which primarily comprises
broadly syndicated speculative-grade senior secured term loans and
bonds that are governed by collateral quality tests.

-- The credit enhancement provided through the subordination of
cash flows, excess spread, and overcollateralization.

-- The collateral manager's experienced team, which can affect the
performance of the rated loan and notes through collateral
selection, ongoing portfolio management, and trading.

-- The transaction's legal structure, which S&P expects to be
bankruptcy remote.

-- The transaction's counterparty risks, which S&P expects to be
in line with its counterparty rating framework.

  Portfolio benchmarks

  S&P Global Ratings' weighted-average rating factor     2,860.68
  Default rate dispersion                                  473.44
  Weighted-average life (years)                              4.07
  Weighted-average life (years) extended
  to cover the length of the reinvestment period             4.53
  Obligor diversity measure                                178.78
  Industry diversity measure                                22.70
  Regional diversity measure                                 1.22

  Transaction key metrics

  Portfolio weighted-average rating
  derived from S&P's CDO evaluator                              B
  'CCC' category rated assets (%)                            1.96
  Target 'AAA' weighted-average recovery (%)                37.04
  Target weighted-average spread (net of floors; %)          3.70
  Target weighted-average coupon (%)                         4.17

Rationale

Under the transaction documents, the rated loan and notes will pay
quarterly interest unless a frequency switch event occurs.
Following this, the loan and notes will switch to semiannual
payments. The portfolio's reinvestment period will end
approximately 4.5 years after closing.

S&P said, "At closing, we expect the portfolio to be
well-diversified, primarily comprising broadly syndicated
speculative-grade senior-secured term loans and senior-secured
bonds. Therefore, we have conducted our credit and cash flow
analysis by applying our criteria for corporate cash flow CDOs.

"In our cash flow analysis, we modeled a target par of EUR400
million. Additionally, we modeled the target weighted-average
spread (3.70%), the covenanted weighted-average coupon (4.50%), and
the target weighted-average recovery rates calculated in line with
our CLO criteria for all rating levels. We applied various cash
flow stress scenarios, using four different default patterns, in
conjunction with different interest rate stress scenarios for each
liability rating category.

"Until the end of the reinvestment period on Jan. 15, 2030, the
collateral manager may substitute assets in the portfolio as long
as our CDO Monitor test is maintained or improved in relation to
the initial ratings on the loan and notes. This test looks at the
total amount of losses that the transaction can sustain--as
established by the initial cash flows for each rating--and compares
that with the current portfolio's default potential plus par losses
to date. As a result, until the end of the reinvestment period, the
collateral manager may through trading deteriorate the
transaction's current risk profile, if the initial ratings are
maintained.

"Under our structured finance sovereign risk criteria, the
transaction's exposure to country risk is sufficiently mitigated at
the assigned preliminary ratings.

"At closing, we expect that the transaction's documented
counterparty replacement and remedy mechanisms will adequately
mitigate its exposure to counterparty risk under our counterparty
criteria.

"We expect the transaction's legal structure and framework to be
bankruptcy remote, in line with our legal criteria.

"The CLO will be managed by KKR Credit Advisors (Ireland) Unlimited
Co., and the maximum potential rating on the liabilities is 'AAA'
under our operational risk criteria.

"Following our analysis of the credit, cash flow, counterparty,
operational, and legal risks, we believe the preliminary ratings
are commensurate with the available credit enhancement for the
class A loan and class X-R to F-R-R notes. Our credit and cash flow
analysis indicates that the available credit enhancement for the
class B-1-R-R to E-R-R notes could withstand stresses commensurate
with higher ratings than those assigned. However, as the CLO will
be in its reinvestment phase starting from closing--during which
the transaction's credit risk profile could deteriorate--we have
capped our preliminary ratings on the loan and notes.

"Given our analysis of the credit, cash flow, counterparty,
operational, and legal risks, we believe our preliminary ratings
are commensurate with the available credit enhancement for all the
rated classes of loan and notes.

"In addition to our standard analysis, to indicate how rising
pressures among speculative-grade corporates could affect our
preliminary ratings on European CLO transactions, we also included
the sensitivity of the ratings on the class A loan and class X-R to
E-R-R notes based on four hypothetical scenarios.

"As our ratings analysis makes additional considerations before
assigning ratings in the 'CCC' category, and we would assign a 'B-'
rating if the criteria for assigning a 'CCC' category rating are
not met, we have not included the above scenario analysis results
for the class F-R-R notes."

Environmental, social, and governance

S&P said, "We regard the transaction's exposure to environmental,
social, and governance (ESG) credit factors as broadly in line with
our benchmark for the sector. Primarily due to the diversity of the
assets within CLOs, the exposure to environmental and social credit
factors is viewed as below average, while governance credit factors
are average. For this transaction, the documents prohibit or limit
certain assets from being related to certain activities.
Accordingly, since the exclusion of assets from these activities
does not result in material differences between the transaction and
our ESG benchmark for the sector, no specific adjustments have been
made in our rating analysis to account for any ESG-related risks or
opportunities."

Avoca CLO XIV is a European cash flow CLO securitization of a
revolving pool, comprising mainly euro-denominated leveraged loans
and bonds. The transaction is a broadly syndicated CLO that will be
managed by KKR Credit Advisors (Ireland) Unlimited Co.

  Ratings list

           Prelim   Prelim amount                       Credit
  Class    rating*  (mil. EUR)    Interest rate§   enhancement
(%)

  X-R      AAA (sf)     3.25   Three/six-month EURIBOR    N/A
                               plus 0.90%

  A-R-R    AAA (sf)   118.00   Three/six-month EURIBOR    38.00
                               plus 1.38%

  A Loan   AAA (sf)   130.00   Three/six-month EURIBOR    38.00
                               plus 1.38%

  B-1-R-R  AA (sf)     30.00   Three/six-month EURIBOR    28.00
                               plus 1.75%

  B-2-R-R  AA (sf)     10.00   4.70%                      28.00

  C-R-R    A (sf)      26.00   Three/six-month EURIBOR    21.50
                               plus 2.30%

  D-R-R    BBB- (sf)   28.50   Three/six-month EURIBOR    14.38
                               plus 3.30%

  E-R-R    BB- (sf)    17.50   Three/six-month EURIBOR    10.00
                               plus 5.75%

  F-R-R    B- (sf)     12.25   Three/six-month EURIBOR     6.94
                               plus 8.22%

  Sub.     NR          54.10   N/A                          N/A

*The preliminary ratings assigned to the class A loan and class
X-R, A-R-R, B-1-R-R, and B-2-R-R notes address timely interest and
ultimate principal payments. The preliminary ratings assigned to
the class C-R-R, D-R-R, E-R-R, and F-R-R notes address ultimate
interest and principal payments.
§The payment frequency switches to semiannual and the index
switches to six-month EURIBOR when a frequency switch event occurs.

EURIBOR--Euro Interbank Offered Rate.
NR--Not rated.
N/A--Not applicable.


BNPP AM 2018: Moody's Lowers Rating on EUR12MM Class F Notes to B3
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has downgraded the rating on the following notes
issued by BNPP AM EURO CLO 2018 DAC:

EUR12,000,000 Class F Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate
Notes due 2031, Downgraded to B3 (sf); previously on Aug 3, 2022
Affirmed B2 (sf)

Moody's have also affirmed the ratings on the following notes:

EUR248,000,000 (Current outstanding amount EUR247,609,149) Class
A-R Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2031, Affirmed Aaa (sf);
previously on Aug 3, 2022 Affirmed Aaa (sf)

EUR36,500,000 Class B-R Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due
2031, Affirmed Aa1 (sf); previously on Aug 3, 2022 Upgraded to Aa1
(sf)

EUR29,500,000 Class C-R Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate
Notes due 2031, Affirmed A1 (sf); previously on Aug 3, 2022
Upgraded to A1 (sf)

EUR24,250,000 Class D-R Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate
Notes due 2031, Affirmed Baa2 (sf); previously on Aug 3, 2022
Upgraded to Baa2 (sf)

EUR21,750,000 Class E Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate
Notes due 2031, Affirmed Ba2 (sf); previously on Aug 3, 2022
Affirmed Ba2 (sf)

BNPP AM EURO CLO 2018 DAC, issued in September 2018 and refinanced
in March 2021, is a collateralised loan obligation (CLO) backed by
a portfolio of mostly high-yield senior secured European  loans.
The portfolio is managed by BNP PARIBAS ASSET MANAGEMENT France
SAS. The transaction's reinvestment period ended in October 2022.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The rating downgrade on the Class F notes is primarily a result of
the deterioration in over-collateralisation ratios and par loss
observed in the underlying CLO portfolio since the last review in
September 2024.

The affirmations on the ratings on the Class A-R, Class B-R, Class
C-R, Class D-R and Class E notes are primarily a result of the
expected losses on the notes remaining consistent with their
current rating levels, after taking into account the CLO's latest
portfolio, its relevant structural features and its actual
over-collateralisation ratios.

The over-collateralisation ratios of the rated notes have
deteriorated since the last review in September 2024. According to
the trustee report dated May 2025[1] the Class A/B, Class C, Class
D, Class E and Class F OC ratios are reported at 137.66%, 124.71%,
115.76%, 108.76% and 105.24% compared to August 2024[2] levels of
138.37%, 125.36%, 116.37%, 109.33% and 105.81%, respectively.

The key model inputs Moody's uses in Moody's analysis, such as par,
weighted average rating factor, diversity score and the weighted
average recovery rate, are based on Moody's published methodology
and could differ from the trustee's reported numbers.

In Moody's base case, Moody's used the following assumptions:

Performing par and principal proceeds balance: EUR387.3m

Defaulted Securities: EUR8.4m

Diversity Score: 52

Weighted Average Rating Factor (WARF): 3108

Weighted Average Life (WAL): 3.39 years

Weighted Average Spread (WAS) (before accounting for
Euribor/reference rate floors: 3.71%

Weighted Average Coupon (WAC): 4.08%

Weighted Average Recovery Rate (WARR): 44.96%

Par haircut in OC tests and interest diversion test:  0%

The default probability derives from the credit quality of the
collateral pool and Moody's expectations of the remaining life of
the collateral pool. The estimated average recovery rate on future
defaults is based primarily on the seniority of the assets in the
collateral pool. In each case, historical and market performance
and a collateral manager's latitude to trade collateral are also
relevant factors. Moody's incorporates these default and recovery
characteristics of the collateral pool into Moody's cash flow model
analysis, subjecting them to stresses as a function of the target
rating of each CLO liability it is analysing.

Methodology Underlying the Rating Action:

The principal methodology used in these ratings was "Moody's Global
Approach to Rating Collateralized Loan Obligations" published in
May 2024.

Counterparty Exposure:

The rating action took into consideration the notes' exposure to
relevant counterparties, such as account bank, using the
methodology "Structured Finance Counterparty Risks" published in
May 2025. Moody's concluded the ratings of the notes are not
constrained by these risks.

Factors that would lead to an upgrade or downgrade of the ratings:

The rated notes' performance is subject to uncertainty. The notes'
performance is sensitive to the performance of the underlying
portfolio, which in turn depends on economic and credit conditions
that may change. The collateral manager's investment decisions and
management of the transaction will also affect the notes'
performance.

Additional uncertainty about performance is due to the following:

-- Portfolio amortisation: The main source of uncertainty in this
transaction is the pace of amortisation of the underlying
portfolio, which can vary significantly depending on market
conditions and have a significant impact on the notes' ratings.
Amortisation could accelerate as a consequence of high loan
prepayment levels or collateral sales by collateral manager or be
delayed by an increase in loan amend-and-extend restructurings.
Fast amortisation would usually benefit the ratings of the notes
beginning with the notes having the highest prepayment priority.

-- Recovery of defaulted assets: Market value fluctuations in
trustee-reported defaulted assets and those Moody's assumes have
defaulted can result in volatility in the deal's
over-collateralisation levels. Further, the timing of recoveries
and the manager's decision whether to work out or sell defaulted
assets can also result in additional uncertainty.

-- Long-dated assets: The presence of assets that mature beyond
the CLO's legal maturity date exposes the deal to liquidation risk
on those assets. Moody's assumes that, at transaction maturity, the
liquidation value of such an asset will depend on the nature of the
asset as well as the extent to which the asset's maturity lags that
of the liabilities. Liquidation values higher than Moody's
expectations would have a positive impact on the notes' ratings.

In addition to the quantitative factors that Moody's explicitly
modelled, qualitative factors are part of the rating committee's
considerations. These qualitative factors include the structural
protections in the transaction, its recent performance given the
market environment, the legal environment, specific documentation
features, the collateral manager's track record and the potential
for selection bias in the portfolio. All information available to
rating committees, including macroeconomic forecasts, input from
Moody's other analytical groups, market factors, and judgments
regarding the nature and severity of credit stress on the
transactions, can influence the final rating decision.


HENLEY CLO XIV: Fitch Assigns 'B-sf' Final Rating on Class F Notes
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned Henley CLO XIV DAC final ratings.

   Entity/Debt                           Rating           
   -----------                           ------           
Henley CLO XIV DAC

   A XS3068561466                    LT AAAsf  New Rating
   B XS3068561623                    LT AAsf   New Rating
   C XS3068562357                    LT Asf    New Rating
   D XS3068562514                    LT BBB-sf New Rating
   E XS3068562944                    LT BB-sf  New Rating
   F XS3068563082                    LT B-sf   New Rating
   Subordinated Notes XS3068563165   LT NRsf   New Rating

Transaction Summary

Henley CLO XIV DAC is a securitisation of mainly senior secured
obligations (at least 90%) with a component of senior unsecured,
mezzanine, second-lien loans, first-lien last-out loans and
high-yield bonds. Net proceeds from the notes were used to fund a
portfolio with a target par of EUR400 million. The portfolio is
actively managed by Napier Park CMV LLC. The transaction has a
4.5-year reinvestment period and an eight-year weighted average
life (WAL) test.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Average Portfolio Credit Quality (Neutral): Fitch assesses the
average credit quality of obligors at 'B'/'B-'. The Fitch weighted
average rating factor (WARF) of the current portfolio is 25.1.

High Recovery Expectations (Positive): At least 90% of the
portfolio comprises senior secured obligations. Fitch views the
recovery prospects for these assets as more favourable than for
second-lien, unsecured and mezzanine assets. The Fitch weighted
average recovery rate (WARR) of the current portfolio is 60%.

Diversified Portfolio (Positive): The transaction includes four
matrices, two of which are effective at closing. These correspond
to a top-10 obligor concentration limit at 18%, two fixed-rate
asset limits of 5% and 12.5%, and an eight-year WAL test. The other
two matrices correspond to the same obligor and fixed-rate asset
limits, and a seven-year WAL. The forward matrices can be selected
by the manager any time from 12 months after closing if WAL step-up
does not happen or from 18 months after closing if WAL step-up
occurs, provided the aggregate collateral balance (including
defaulted obligations at Fitch collateral value) is above the
reinvestment target par balance.

The transaction also has various other portfolio concentration
limits, including a maximum exposure to the three largest
Fitch-defined industries at 40%. These covenants ensure the asset
portfolio will not be exposed to excessive concentration.

WAL Step-Up Feature (Neutral): The transaction can extend the WAL
by six months on or after six months after closing. The WAL
extension is subject to conditions including satisfying the Fitch
collateral-quality tests, and the aggregate collateral balance
(including defaulted obligations at Fitch collateral value) being
at least equal to the reinvestment target par balance.

Portfolio Management (Neutral): The transaction has a 4.5-year
reinvestment period, which is governed by reinvestment criteria
similar to those of other European transactions. Fitch's analysis
is based on a stressed-case portfolio with the aim of testing the
robustness of the transaction structure against its covenants and
portfolio guidelines.

Cash Flow Modelling (Positive): The WAL Fitch modelled in the
transaction's stressed portfolio and matrices analysis is 12 months
less than the WAL covenant. This is to account for the strict
reinvestment conditions envisaged by the transaction after its
reinvestment period. These include passing both the coverage tests
and the Fitch 'CCC' maximum limit, and a WAL covenant that
progressively steps down over time, both before and after the end
of the reinvestment period. Fitch believes these conditions would
reduce the effective risk horizon of the portfolio during stress
periods.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

A 25% increase of the mean default rate (RDR) and a 25% decrease of
the RRR across all ratings of the current portfolio would have no
impact on the class A notes and would lead to a downgrade of two
notches each for the class B and C notes, one notch each for the
class D and E notes and to below 'B-sf' for the class F notes.

Downgrades, which are based on the current portfolio, may occur if
the loss expectation is larger than initially assumed, due to
unexpectedly high levels of defaults and portfolio deterioration.
Due to the better metrics and shorter life of the current portfolio
than the Fitch-stressed portfolio, the class B, D, E and F notes
each have a rating cushion of two notches, the class C notes have a
cushion of one notch, and the class A notes do not have any rating
cushion as they are already at the highest achievable rating.

Should the cushion between the current portfolio and the
Fitch-stressed portfolio be eroded either due to manager trading or
negative portfolio credit migration, a 25% increase of the mean RDR
and a 25% decrease of the RRR across all ratings of the
Fitch-stressed portfolio would lead to downgrades of three notches
each for the class A, B, D and E notes, four notches for the class
C notes and to below 'B-sf' for the class F notes.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

A 25% reduction of the RDR and a 25% increase in the RRR across all
ratings of the Fitch-stressed portfolio would lead to upgrades of
up to four notches for the rated notes, except for the 'AAAsf'
rated notes.

Upgrades during the reinvestment period, which are based on the
Fitch-stressed portfolio, may occur on better-than-expected
portfolio credit quality and a shorter remaining WAL test, allowing
the notes to withstand larger-than-expected losses for the
remaining life of the transaction.

Upgrades after the end of the reinvestment period, except for the
'AAAsf' notes, may result from a stable portfolio credit quality
and deleveraging, leading to higher credit enhancement and excess
spread available to cover losses in the remaining portfolio.

USE OF THIRD PARTY DUE DILIGENCE PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17G -10

Form ABS Due Diligence-15E was not provided to, or reviewed by,
Fitch in relation to this rating action.

DATA ADEQUACY

The majority of the underlying assets or risk-presenting entities
have ratings or credit opinions from Fitch and/or other Nationally
Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations and/or European
Securities and Markets Authority- registered rating agencies. Fitch
has relied on the practices of the relevant groups within Fitch
and/or other rating agencies to assess the asset portfolio
information or information on the risk-presenting entities.

Overall, and together with any assumptions referred to above,
Fitch's assessment of the information relied upon for the agency's
rating analysis according to its applicable rating methodologies
indicates that it is adequately reliable.

ESG Considerations

Fitch does not provide ESG relevance scores for Henley CLO XIV
DAC.

In cases where Fitch does not provide ESG relevance scores in
connection with the credit rating of a transaction, programme,
instrument or issuer, Fitch will disclose any ESG factor that is a
key rating driver in the key rating drivers section of the relevant
rating action commentary.


HENLEY CLO XIV: S&P Assigns B-(sf) Rating on Class F Notes
----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned credit ratings to Henley CLO XIV DAC's
class A to F European cash flow CLO notes. At closing, the issuer
also issued unrated subordinated notes.

Under the transaction documents, the rated notes pay quarterly
interest unless a frequency switch event occurs. Following this,
the notes will permanently switch to semiannual payments.

The portfolio's reinvestment period will end approximately 4.5
years after closing, while the non-call period will end
approximately 1.5 years after closing.

The ratings reflect S&P's assessment of:

-- The diversified collateral pool, which primarily comprises
broadly syndicated speculative-grade senior secured term loans and
bonds that are governed by collateral quality tests.

-- The credit enhancement provided through the subordination of
cash flows, excess spread, and overcollateralization.

-- The collateral manager's experienced team, which can affect the
performance of the rated notes through collateral selection,
ongoing portfolio management, and trading.

-- The transaction's legal structure, which is bankruptcy remote.

-- The transaction's counterparty risks, which is in line with
S&P's counterparty rating framework.

  Portfolio benchmarks

  S&P Global Ratings' weighted-average rating factor    2,885.76
  Default rate dispersion                                 348.85
  Weighted-average life (years)                             5.19
  Obligor diversity measure                               131.03
  Industry diversity measure                               20.71
  Regional diversity measure                                1.13

  Transaction key metrics

  Portfolio weighted-average rating
  derived from S&P's CDO evaluator                             B
  'CCC' category rated assets (%)                           0.50
  Actual 'AAA' weighted-average recovery (%)               36.08
  Actual weighted-average spread (net of floors; %)         4.04
  Actual weighted-average coupon (%)                        5.81

S&P said, "Our ratings reflect our assessment of the collateral
portfolio's credit quality, which has a weighted-average rating of
'B'. We understand that the portfolio is well-diversified,
primarily comprising broadly syndicated speculative-grade senior
secured term loans and senior secured bonds. Therefore, we have
conducted our credit and cash flow analysis by applying our
criteria for corporate cash flow CDOs.

"In our cash flow analysis, we used the EUR400 million target par
amount, the covenanted weighted-average spread (3.85%), the
covenanted weighted-average coupon (5.50%), and the target
portfolio weighted-average recovery (WAR) rates for all rated
notes. We applied various cash flow stress scenarios, using four
different default patterns, in conjunction with different interest
rate stress scenarios for each liability rating category.

"Until the end of the reinvestment period on Dec. 30, 2029, the
collateral manager may substitute assets in the portfolio for so
long as our CDO Monitor test is maintained or improved in relation
to the initial ratings on the notes. This test looks at the total
amount of losses that the transaction can sustain as established by
the initial cash flows for each rating and compares that with the
current portfolio's default potential plus par losses to date. As a
result, until the end of the reinvestment period, the collateral
manager may through trading deteriorate the transaction's current
risk profile, if the initial ratings are maintained.

"Under our structured finance sovereign risk criteria, the
transaction's exposure to country risk is sufficiently mitigated at
the assigned ratings.

"The transaction's documented counterparty replacement and remedy
mechanisms adequately mitigate its exposure to counterparty risk
under our current counterparty criteria.

"The transaction's legal structure and framework is bankruptcy
remote. The issuer is a special-purpose entity that meets our
criteria for bankruptcy remoteness.

"Our credit and cash flow analysis show that the class B, C, D, and
E notes benefit from break-even default rate and scenario default
rate cushions that we would typically consider to be in line with
higher ratings than those assigned. However, as the CLO is still in
its reinvestment phase, during which the transaction's credit risk
profile could deteriorate, we have capped our ratings on the notes.
The class A notes can withstand stresses commensurate with the
assigned ratings.

"For the class F notes, our credit and cash flow analysis indicates
that the available credit enhancement could withstand stresses
commensurate with a lower rating. However, we have applied our
'CCC' rating criteria, resulting in a 'B- (sf)' rating on this
class of notes.”

The ratings uplift for the class F notes reflects several key
factors, including:

-- The class F notes' available credit enhancement, which is in
the same range as that of other CLOs we have rated and that have
recently been issued in Europe.

-- The portfolio's average credit quality, which is similar to
other recent CLOs.

-- S&P's model generated break-even default rate at the 'B-'
rating level of 27.91% (for a portfolio with a weighted-average
life of 5.19 years), versus if we were to consider a long-term
sustainable default rate of 3.1% for 5.19 years, which would result
in a target default rate of 16.089%.

-- S&P does not believe that there is a one-in-two chance of this
note defaulting.

-- S&P does not envision this tranche defaulting in the next 12-18
months.

Following this analysis, we consider that the available credit
enhancement for the class F notes is commensurate with the assigned
'B- (sf)' rating.

S&P said, "Following our analysis of the credit, cash flow,
counterparty, operational, and legal risks, we believe our ratings
are commensurate with the available credit enhancement for the
class A to F notes.

"In addition to our standard analysis, to indicate how rising
pressures among speculative-grade corporates could affect our
ratings on European CLO transactions, we have also included the
sensitivity of the ratings on the class A to E notes based on four
hypothetical scenarios.

"As our ratings analysis makes additional considerations before
assigning ratings in the 'CCC' category--and we would assign a 'B-'
rating if the criteria for assigning a 'CCC' category rating are
not met--we have not included the above scenario analysis results
for the class F notes."

Environmental, social, and governance

S&P said, "We regard the exposure to environmental, social, and
governance (ESG) credit factors in the transaction as being broadly
in line with our benchmark for the sector. Primarily due to the
diversity of the assets within CLOs, the exposure to environmental
credit factors is viewed as below average, social credit factors
are below average, and governance credit factors are average.

"For this transaction, the documents prohibit assets from being
related to certain activities. Since the exclusion of assets from
these industries does not result in material differences between
the transaction and our ESG benchmark for the sector, no specific
adjustments have been made in our rating analysis to account for
any ESG-related risks or opportunities."

  Ratings

                    Amount    Credit
  Class  Rating*  (mil. EUR)  enhancement (%)   Interest rate§

  A      AAA (sf)    244.00    39.00    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 1.33%

  B      AA (sf)      44.00    28.00    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 1.80%

  C      A (sf)       28.00    21.00    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 2.15%

  D      BBB- (sf)    28.00    14.00    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 3.00%

  E      BB- (sf)     17.00     9.75    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 5.50%

  F      B- (sf)      13.00     6.50    Three/six-month EURIBOR    
                                    
                                        plus 8.33%

  Sub. Notes   NR     30.30      N/A    N/A

*The ratings assigned to the class A and B notes address timely
interest and ultimate principal payments. The ratings assigned to
the class C, D, E, and F notes address ultimate interest and
principal payments.
§The payment frequency switches to semiannual and the index
switches to six-month EURIBOR when a frequency switch event occurs.

EURIBOR--Euro Interbank Offered Rate.
NR--Not rated.
N/A--Not applicable.


MONUMENT CLO 3: Fitch Assigns 'B-sf' Final Rating on Class F Notes
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned Monument CLO 3 DAC final ratings.

   Entity/Debt                           Rating           
   -----------                           ------           
Monument CLO 3 DAC

   A XS3085110909                    LT AAAsf  New Rating
   B XS3085111113                    LT AAsf   New Rating
   C XS3085111543                    LT Asf    New Rating
   D-1 XS3085111899                  LT BBB-sf New Rating
   D-2 XS3087805548                  LT BBB-sf New Rating
   E XS3085112194                    LT BB-sf  New Rating
   F XS3085112350                    LT B-sf   New Rating
   Subordinated Notes XS3085112517   LT NRsf   New Rating

Transaction Summary

Monument CLO 3 DAC is a securitisation of mainly senior secured
obligations (at least 90%) with a component of senior unsecured,
mezzanine, second lien loans and high-yield bonds. Note proceeds
have been used to fund a portfolio with a target par of EUR400
million. The portfolio is actively managed by Serone Capital Loan
Management Limited. The CLO has a 4.5-year reinvestment period and
an 8.5-year weighted average life (WAL) test.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Average Portfolio Credit Quality (Neutral): Fitch assesses the
average credit quality of obligors at 'B'. The Fitch weighted
average rating factor of the identified portfolio is 23.7.

High Recovery Expectations (Positive): At least 90% of the
portfolio comprises senior secured obligations. The recovery
prospects for these assets are more favourable than for second
lien, unsecured and mezzanine assets. The Fitch weighted average
recovery rate of the identified portfolio is 61.7%.

Diversified Portfolio (Positive): The transaction includes six
Fitch matrices: two are effective at closing, corresponding to an
8.5-year WAL; two forward matrices are effective one year after
closing, corresponding to a 7.5-year WAL; and another two forward
matrices are effective 18 months after closing, corresponding to a
seven-year WAL. Each matrix set corresponds to two different
fixed-rate asset limits, at 7.5% and 12.5%. Switching to the
forward matrices is subject to the reinvestment target par
condition and a rating agency confirmation.

The transaction also includes various concentration limits,
including a top 10 obligor concentration limit at 20% and a maximum
exposure to the three-largest Fitch-defined industries in the
portfolio at 40%. These covenants ensure the asset portfolio will
not be exposed to excessive concentration.

Portfolio Management (Neutral): The 4.5-year reinvestment period is
governed by reinvestment criteria similar to those for other
European transactions. Its analysis is based on a stressed-case
portfolio with the aim of testing the robustness of the deal
structure against its covenants and portfolio guidelines.

Cash Flow Modelling (Positive): The WAL for Fitch-stressed
portfolio and matrices analysis is 12 months less than the WAL
covenant. This is to account for the strict reinvestment conditions
envisaged by the transaction after the reinvestment period. These
include the satisfaction of the coverage tests and Fitch 'CCC'
limit, together with a consistently decreasing WAL covenant. Fitch
believes these conditions would reduce the effective risk horizon
of the portfolio in stress periods.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

A 25% increase of the mean default rate (RDR) and a 25% decrease of
the recovery rate (RRR) across all ratings of the identified
portfolio would lead to a downgrade of one notch each for the class
D-1, D-2 and E notes, two notches for the class B and C note, to
below 'B-sf' for the class F notes and have no impact on the class
A notes.

Downgrades, which are based on the identified portfolio, may occur
if the loss expectation is larger than initially assumed, due to
unexpectedly high levels of default and portfolio deterioration.
The class B and C notes have a rating cushion of one notch and the
class D-1 to F notes a cushion of two notches, due to the better
metrics and shorter life of the identified portfolio than the
Fitch-stressed portfolio. The class A notes have no cushion.

Should the cushion between the identified portfolio and the
Fitch-stressed portfolio be eroded, due to manager trading or
negative portfolio credit migration, a 25% increase of the mean RDR
and a 25% decrease of the RRR across all ratings of the
Fitch-stressed portfolio would lead to downgrades of up to four
notches for the class A to D-2 notes and to below 'B-sf' for the
class E and F notes.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

A 25% reduction of the mean RDR and a 25% increase in the RRR
across all ratings of the Fitch-stressed portfolio would lead to
upgrades of up to three notches for the notes, except for the
'AAAsf' rated notes.

Upgrades during the reinvestment period, which are based on the
Fitch-stressed portfolio, may occur on better-than-expected
portfolio credit quality and a shorter remaining WAL test, allowing
the notes to withstand larger-than-expected losses for the deal's
remaining life. Upgrades after the end of the reinvestment period
may result from stable portfolio credit quality and deleveraging,
leading to higher credit enhancement and excess spread available to
cover losses in the remaining portfolio.

USE OF THIRD PARTY DUE DILIGENCE PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17G -10

Form ABS Due Diligence-15E was not provided to, or reviewed by,
Fitch in relation to this rating action.

DATA ADEQUACY

The majority of the underlying assets or risk-presenting entities
have ratings or credit opinions from Fitch and/or other Nationally
Recognised Statistical Rating Organisations and/or European
Securities and Markets Authority- registered rating agencies. Fitch
has relied on the practices of the relevant groups within Fitch
and/or other rating agencies to assess the asset portfolio
information or information on the risk-presenting entities.

Overall, and together with any assumptions referred to above,
Fitch's assessment of the information relied upon for the agency's
rating analysis according to its applicable rating methodologies
indicates that it is adequately reliable.

ESG Considerations

Fitch does not provide ESG relevance scores for Monument CLO 3
DAC.

In cases where Fitch does not provide ESG relevance scores in
connection with the credit rating of a transaction, programme,
instrument or issuer, Fitch will disclose any ESG factor that is a
key rating driver in the key rating drivers section of the relevant
rating action commentary.


MONUMENT CLO 3: S&P Assigns B-(sf) Rating on Class F Notes
----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its credit ratings to Monument CLO 3
DAC's class A, B, C, D-1, D-2, E, and F European cash flow CLO
notes. At closing, the issuer also issued unrated subordinated
notes.

Under the transaction documents, the rated notes will pay quarterly
interest unless a frequency switch event occurs. Following this,
the notes will permanently switch to semiannual payments.

The portfolio's reinvestment period will end approximately 4.5
years after closing, while the non-call period will end
approximately 1.5 years after closing.

The ratings reflect S&P's assessment of:

-- The diversified collateral pool, which primarily comprises
broadly syndicated speculative-grade senior secured term loans and
bonds that are governed by collateral quality tests.

-- The credit enhancement provided through the subordination of
cash flows, excess spread, and overcollateralization.

-- The collateral manager's experienced team, which can affect the
performance of the rated notes through collateral selection,
ongoing portfolio management, and trading.

-- The transaction's legal structure, which is bankruptcy remote.

-- The transaction's counterparty risks, which are in line with
S&P's counterparty rating framework.

  Portfolio benchmarks

  S&P weighted-average rating factor                  2,652.07
  Default rate dispersion                               536.48
  Weighted-average life (years)                           5.30
  Obligor diversity measure                              93.69
  Industry diversity measure                             17.88
  Regional diversity measure                              1.14

  Transaction key metrics

  Portfolio weighted-average rating
  derived from S&P's CDO evaluator                           B
  'CCC' category rated assets (%)                         1.50
  Target 'AAA' weighted-average recovery (%)             37.52
  Target weighted-average spread (net of floors; %)       3.82
  Target weighted-average coupon (%)                      5.70

S&P said, "Our ratings reflect our assessment of the collateral
portfolio's credit quality, which has a weighted-average rating of
'B'. The portfolio is well-diversified, primarily comprising
broadly syndicated speculative-grade senior secured term loans and
senior secured bonds. Therefore, we conducted our credit and cash
flow analysis by applying our criteria for corporate cash flow
CDOs.

"In our cash flow analysis, we used the EUR400 million target par
amount, the covenanted weighted-average spread (3.70%), the
covenanted weighted-average coupon (5.00%), and the target
portfolio weighted-average recovery rates for all classes of notes.
We applied various cash flow stress scenarios, using four different
default patterns, in conjunction with different interest rate
stress scenarios for each liability rating category.

"Until the end of the reinvestment period on Dec. 30, 2029, the
collateral manager may substitute assets in the portfolio for as
long as our CDO Monitor test is maintained or improved in relation
to the initial ratings on the notes and loan. This test looks at
the total amount of losses that the transaction can sustain as
established by the initial cash flows for each rating and compares
that with the current portfolio's default potential plus par losses
to date. As a result, until the end of the reinvestment period, the
collateral manager may through trading deteriorate the
transaction's current risk profile, if the initial ratings are
maintained.

"Following the application of our structured finance sovereign risk
criteria, the transaction's exposure to country risk is
sufficiently mitigated at the assigned ratings.

"The transaction's documented counterparty replacement and remedy
mechanisms adequately mitigate its exposure to counterparty risk
under our current counterparty criteria.

"The transaction's legal structure and framework is bankruptcy
remote. The issuer is a special-purpose entity that meets our
criteria for bankruptcy remoteness.

"Our credit and cash flow analysis show that the class B, C, D-1,
D-2, and E notes benefit from break-even default rate and scenario
default rate cushions that we would typically consider to be in
line with higher ratings than those assigned. However, as the CLO
is still in its reinvestment phase, during which the transaction's
credit risk profile could deteriorate, we have capped our ratings
on the notes and loan."

The class A notes can withstand stresses commensurate with the
assigned ratings.

S&P said, "For the class F notes, our credit and cash flow analysis
indicate that the available credit enhancement could withstand
stresses commensurate with a lower rating.

"However, we have applied our 'CCC' rating criteria, resulting in a
'B- (sf)' rating on this class of notes."

The ratings uplift for the class F notes reflects several key
factors, including:

-- The class F notes' available credit enhancement, which is in
the same range as that of other CLOs S&P has rated and that have
recently been issued in Europe.

-- The portfolio's average credit quality, which is similar to
other recent CLOs.

-- S&P's model generated break-even default rate at the 'B-'
rating level of 25.86% (for a portfolio with a weighted-average
life of 5.30 years), versus if it was to consider a long-term
sustainable default rate of 3.1% for 5.30 years, which would result
in a target default rate of 16.42%.

-- S&P does not believe that there is a one-in-two chance of this
tranche defaulting.

-- S&P does not envision this tranche defaulting in the next 12-18
months.

S&P aaid, "Following this analysis, we consider that the available
credit enhancement for the class F notes is commensurate with the
assigned 'B- (sf)' rating.

"Following our analysis of the credit, cash flow, counterparty,
operational, and legal risks, we believe our ratings are
commensurate with the available credit enhancement for the class A
to F notes.

"In addition to our standard analysis, to indicate how rising
pressures among speculative-grade corporates could affect our
ratings on European CLO transactions, we have also included the
sensitivity of the ratings on the class A to E notes based on four
hypothetical scenarios.

Environmental, social, and governance

S&P said, "We regard the exposure to environmental, social, and
governance (ESG) credit factors in the transaction as being broadly
in line with our benchmark for the sector.

"Primarily due to the diversity of the assets within CLOs, the
exposure to environmental and social credit factors is viewed as
below average, while governance credit factors are average. For
this transaction, the documents prohibit or limit assets from being
related to certain industries. Since the exclusion of assets from
these industries does not result in material differences between
the transaction and our ESG benchmark for the sector, no specific
adjustments have been made in our rating analysis to account for
any ESG-related risks or opportunities."

Monument CLO 3 is a European cash flow CLO securitization of a
portfolio of primarily senior secured leveraged loans and bonds. It
is managed by Serone Capital Loan Management Ltd. and Serone
Capital Management LLP.

  Ratings

                     Amount     Credit
  Class   Rating*   (mil. EUR)  enhancement (%)  Interest rate§

  A       AAA (sf)    242.00    39.50    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                         plus 1.38%

  B       AA (sf)      50.00    27.00    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                         plus 1.90%

  C       A (sf)       22.00    21.50    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                         plus 2.40%

  D-1     BBB- (sf)    26.00    15.00    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                         plus 3.35%

  D-2     BBB- (sf)     5.40    13.65    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                         plus 4.50%

  E       BB- (sf)     16.60     9.50    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                         plus 5.90%

  F       B- (sf)      12.00     6.50    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                         plus 8.41%

  Sub. Notes   NR      32.80      N/A    N/A

*The ratings assigned to the class A, and B notes address timely
interest and ultimate principal payments. The ratings assigned to
the class C, D-1, D-2, E, and F notes address ultimate interest and
principal payments.
§The payment frequency switches to semiannual and the index
switches to six-month EURIBOR when a frequency switch event occurs.

EURIBOR--Euro Interbank Offered Rate.
NR--Not rated.
N/A--Not applicable.


PALMER SQUARE 2025-2: Fitch Assigns B-(EXP)sf Rating on Cl. F Notes
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned Palmer Square European CLO 2025-2 DAC
expected ratings.

The assignment of final ratings is contingent on the receipt of
final documents conforming to information already reviewed.

   Entity/Debt               Rating           
   -----------               ------           
Palmer Square European
CLO 2025-2 DAC

   Class A               LT  AAA(EXP)sf  Expected Rating
   Class B1              LT  AA(EXP)sf   Expected Rating
   Class B2 (fxd)        LT  AA(EXP)sf   Expected Rating
   Class C               LT  A(EXP)sf    Expected Rating
   Class D               LT  BBB-(EXP)sf Expected Rating
   Class E               LT  BB-(EXP)sf  Expected Rating
   Class F               LT  B-(EXP)sf   Expected Rating
   Subordinated Notes    LT  NR(EXP)sf   Expected Rating

Transaction Summary

Palmer Square European CLO 2025-2 DAC is a securitisation of mainly
senior secured obligations (at least 90%) with a component of
senior unsecured, mezzanine, second-lien loans and high-yield
bonds. Note proceeds will be used to fund a portfolio with a target
par of EUR400 million. The portfolio will be actively managed by
Palmer Square Europe Capital Management LLC. The CLO will have a
4.5-year reinvestment period and a 7.5-year weighted average life
(WAL) test at closing.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Average Portfolio Credit Quality (Neutral): Fitch places the
average credit quality of obligors at 'B'. The Fitch weighted
average rating factor of the identified portfolio is 23.9.

High Recovery Expectations (Positive): At least 90% of the
portfolio will comprise senior secured obligations. Fitch views the
recovery prospects for these assets as more favourable than for
second-lien, unsecured and mezzanine assets. The Fitch weighted
average recovery rate of the identified portfolio is 62.2%.

Diversified Asset Portfolio (Positive): The transaction will
include two matrices at closing with fixed-rate limits of 5% and
10%. . It also includes various concentration limits, including the
maximum exposure to the three largest Fitch-defined industries in
the portfolio at 40%. These covenants ensure the asset portfolio
will not be exposed to excessive concentration.

Portfolio Management (Neutral): The transaction will have a
4.5-year reinvestment period, which is governed by reinvestment
criteria that are similar to those of other European transactions.
Fitch's analysis is based on a stressed-case portfolio with the aim
of testing the robustness of the transaction structure against its
covenants and portfolio guidelines.

Cash Flow Modelling (Positive): The WAL used for the Fitch-stressed
portfolio analysis was reduced by 12 months. This is to account for
the strict reinvestment conditions envisaged after the reinvestment
period. These include passing the coverage tests and the Fitch
'CCC' maximum limit after reinvestment and a WAL covenant that
progressively steps down over time after the end of the
reinvestment period. In Fitch's opinion, these conditions would
reduce the effective risk horizon of the portfolio during the
stress period.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

A 25% increase of the mean default rate (RDR) across all ratings
and a 25% decrease of the recovery rate (RRR) across all ratings of
the identified portfolio would have no impact on the class A to C
notes and lead to one-notch downgrades for the class D and E notes,
and to below 'B-sf' for the class F notes.

Based on the actual portfolio, downgrades may occur if the loss
expectation is larger than initially assumed, due to unexpectedly
high levels of default and portfolio deterioration. Due to the
better metrics and shorter life of the identified portfolio, the
class B to F notes display rating cushions of two notches.

Should the cushion between the identified portfolio and the stress
portfolio be eroded either due to manager trading or negative
portfolio credit migration, a 25% increase of the mean RDR across
all ratings and a 25% decrease of the RRR across all ratings of the
stressed portfolio would lead to downgrades of up to four notches
for the class A to D notes and to below 'B-sf' for the class E and
F notes.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

A 25% reduction of the mean RDR across all ratings and a 25%
increase in the RRR across all ratings of Fitch's stress portfolio
would lead to upgrades of up to two notches for the notes, except
for the 'AAAsf' rated notes, which are at the highest level on
Fitch's scale and cannot be upgraded.

During the reinvestment period, based on Fitch's stress portfolio,
upgrades may occur on better-than-expected portfolio credit quality
and a shorter remaining WAL test, leading to the ability of the
notes to withstand larger than expected losses for the remaining
life of the transaction. After the end of the reinvestment period,
upgrades may occur in case of stable portfolio credit quality and
deleveraging, leading to higher credit enhancement and excess
spread available to cover for losses on the remaining portfolio.

USE OF THIRD PARTY DUE DILIGENCE PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17G -10

Form ABS Due Diligence-15E was not provided to, or reviewed by,
Fitch in relation to this rating action.

DATA ADEQUACY

Palmer Square European CLO 2025-2 DAC

The majority of the underlying assets or risk presenting entities
have ratings or credit opinions from Fitch and/or other Nationally
Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations and/or European
Securities and Markets Authority registered rating agencies. Fitch
has relied on the practices of the relevant groups within Fitch
and/or other rating agencies to assess the asset portfolio
information or information on the risk presenting entities.

Overall, and together with any assumptions referred to above,
Fitch's assessment of the information relied upon for the agency's
rating analysis according to its applicable rating methodologies
indicates that it is adequately reliable.

ESG Considerations

Fitch does not provide ESG relevance scores for Palmer Square
European CLO 2025-2 DAC.

In cases where Fitch does not provide ESG relevance scores in
connection with the credit rating of a transaction, programme,
instrument or issuer, Fitch will disclose any ESG factor that is a
key rating driver in the key rating drivers section of the relevant
rating action commentary.


PALMER SQUARE 2025-2: S&P Assigns Prelim. B-(sf) Rating on F Notes
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its preliminary credit ratings to
Palmer Square European CLO 2025-2 DAC's class A, B-1, B-2, C, D, E,
and F notes. At closing, the issuer will also issue unrated
subordinated notes.

Under the transaction documents, the rated notes will pay quarterly
interest unless a frequency switch event occurs. Following this,
the notes will permanently switch to semiannual payments.

The portfolio's reinvestment period will end approximately 4.5
years after closing, while the noncall period will end 1.5 years
after closing.

The preliminary ratings reflect S&P's assessment of:

-- The diversified collateral pool, which primarily comprises
broadly syndicated speculative-grade senior secured term loans and
bonds that are governed by collateral quality tests.

-- The credit enhancement provided through the subordination of
cash flows, excess spread, and overcollateralization.

-- The collateral manager's experienced team, which can affect the
performance of the rated notes through collateral selection,
ongoing portfolio management, and trading.

-- The transaction's legal structure, which S&P expects to be
bankruptcy remote.

-- The transaction's counterparty risks, which S&P expects to be
in line with its counterparty rating framework.

  Portfolio benchmarks

  S&P Global Ratings' weighted-average rating factor   2704.62
  Default rate dispersion                               554.60
  Weighted-average life (years)                           4.47
  Weighted-average life (years) extended
  to cover the length of the reinvestment period          4.50
  Obligor diversity measure                             160.98
  Industry diversity measure                             22.35
  Regional diversity measure                              1.31

  Transaction key metrics

  Portfolio weighted-average rating
  derived from S&P's CDO evaluator                           B
  'CCC' category rated assets (%)                         0.75
  Actual 'AAA' weighted-average recovery (%)             36.39
  Actual weighted-average spread (net of floors; %)       3.65

S&P said, "Our preliminary ratings reflect our assessment of the
collateral portfolio's credit quality, which has a weighted-average
rating of 'B'.

"We expect the portfolio to be well-diversified on the closing
date, primarily comprising broadly syndicated speculative-grade
senior secured term loans and senior secured bonds. Therefore, we
have conducted our credit and cash flow analysis by applying our
criteria for corporate cash flow CDOs.

"In our cash flow analysis, we used the EUR400 million target par
amount, the covenanted weighted-average spread (3.50%), the
covenanted weighted-average coupon (2.70%), and the covenanted
portfolio weighted-average recovery rates. We applied various cash
flow stress scenarios, using four different default patterns, in
conjunction with different interest rate stress scenarios for each
liability rating category.

"Under our structured finance sovereign risk criteria, we expect
the transaction's exposure to country risk to be sufficiently
mitigated at the assigned preliminary ratings.

"At closing, we expect the transaction's documented counterparty
replacement and remedy mechanisms to adequately mitigate its
exposure to counterparty risk under our current counterparty
criteria.

"We expect the transaction's legal structure and framework to be
bankruptcy remote in line with our legal criteria.

"Our credit and cash flow analysis show that the class B-1, B-2, C,
D, and E notes could withstand stresses commensurate with higher
preliminary ratings than those assigned. However, as the CLO will
be in its reinvestment phase starting from the effective date,
during which the transaction's credit risk profile could
deteriorate, we have capped our preliminary ratings assigned to
these classes of notes. The class A and F notes can withstand
stresses commensurate with the assigned preliminary ratings.

"Following our analysis of the credit, cash flow, counterparty,
operational, and legal risks, we believe our preliminary ratings
are commensurate with the available credit enhancement for the
class A to F notes.

"In addition to our standard analysis, we have also included the
sensitivity of the preliminary ratings on the class A to E notes
based on four hypothetical scenarios.

"As our preliminary ratings analysis makes additional
considerations before assigning preliminary ratings in the 'CCC'
category--and we would assign a 'B-' rating if the criteria for
assigning a 'CCC' category rating are not met--we have not included
the above scenario analysis results for the class F notes."

Palmer Square European CLO 2025-2 DAC is a European cash flow CLO
securitization of a revolving pool, comprising euro-denominated
senior secured loans and bonds issued by speculative-grade
borrowers. Palmer Square Europe Capital Management LLC will manage
the transaction.

Environmental, social, and governance

S&P said, "We regard the exposure to environmental, social, and
governance (ESG) credit factors in the transaction as being broadly
in line with our benchmark for the sector. Primarily due to the
diversity of the assets within CLOs, the exposure to environmental
credit factors is viewed as below average, social credit factors
are below average, and governance credit factors are average. For
this transaction, the documents prohibit assets from being related
to certain activities. Accordingly, since the exclusion of assets
from these activities does not result in material differences
between the transaction and our ESG benchmark for the sector, no
specific adjustments have been made in our rating analysis to
account for any ESG-related risks or opportunities."

  Ratings

         Prelim  Prelim amount  Credit
  Class  rating*  (mil. EUR)    enhancement (%)   Interest rate§

  A      AAA (sf)   248.00      38.00   Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 1.35%

  B-1    AA (sf)     37.30      26.80   Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 1.80%

  B-2    AA (sf)      7.50      26.80   4.60%

  C      A (sf)      23.20      21.00   Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 2.20%

  D      BBB- (sf)   28.00      14.00   Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 3.10%

  E      BB- (sf)    17.20       9.70   Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 5.40%

  F      B- (sf)     12.80       6.50   Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                        plus 8.17%

  Sub. Notes  NR     32.90        N/A   N/A

*The preliminary ratings assigned to the class A, B-1, and B-2
notes address timely interest and ultimate principal payments. The
preliminary ratings assigned to the class C, D, E, and F notes
address ultimate interest and principal payments.
§The payment frequency switches to semiannual and the index
switches to six-month EURIBOR when a frequency switch event occurs.

EURIBOR--Euro Interbank Offered Rate.
NR--Not rated.
N/A--Not applicable.


ST. PAUL'S VIII: Moody's Affirms B2 Rating on EUR12MM Cl. F Notes
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has upgraded the ratings on the following notes
issued by St. Paul's CLO VIII DAC:

EUR23,000,000 Class C Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate
Notes due 2030, Upgraded to Aa1 (sf); previously on Sep 16, 2024
Upgraded to Aa3 (sf)

EUR21,000,000 Class D Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate
Notes due 2030, Upgraded to A2 (sf); previously on Sep 16, 2024
Upgraded to Baa1 (sf)

Moody's have also affirmed the ratings on the following notes:

EUR244,000,000 (Current outstanding amount EUR113,047,644) Class A
Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2030, Affirmed Aaa (sf);
previously on Sep 16, 2024 Affirmed Aaa (sf)

EUR27,000,000 Class B-1 Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due
2030, Affirmed Aaa (sf); previously on Sep 16, 2024 Upgraded to Aaa
(sf)

EUR20,000,000 Class B-2 Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes due 2030,
Affirmed Aaa (sf); previously on Sep 16, 2024 Upgraded to Aaa (sf)

EUR25,000,000 Class E Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate
Notes due 2030, Affirmed Ba2 (sf); previously on Sep 16, 2024
Affirmed Ba2 (sf)

EUR12,000,000 Class F Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate
Notes due 2030, Affirmed B2 (sf); previously on Sep 16, 2024
Affirmed B2 (sf)

St. Paul's CLO VIII DAC, issued in December 2017, is a
collateralised loan obligation (CLO) backed by a portfolio of
mostly high-yield senior secured European loans. The portfolio is
managed by Intermediate Capital Managers Limited. The transaction's
reinvestment period ended in January 2022.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The rating upgrades on the Class C and Class D notes are primarily
a result of the deleveraging of the senior notes following
amortisation of the underlying portfolio since the last rating
action in September 2024.

The affirmations on the ratings on the Class A, Class B-1, Class
B-2, Class E and Class F notes are primarily a result of the
expected losses on the notes remaining consistent with their
current rating levels, after taking into account the CLO's latest
portfolio, its relevant structural features and its actual
over-collateralisation ratios.

The Class A notes have paid down by approximately EUR73.7m (30.2%
of original balance) since the last rating action in September 2024
and by EUR131.0m (53.7%) since closing. As a result of the
deleveraging, over-collateralisation (OC) has increased for Class
A/B, Class C, Class D and Class E. According to the trustee report
dated May 2025[1] the Class A/B, Class C, Class D and Class E OC
ratios are reported at 159.6%, 139.5%, 125.2% and 111.5% compared
to August 2024[2] levels of 143.3%, 130.4%, 120.6% and 110.6%,
respectively.

The deleveraging and OC improvements primarily resulted from high
prepayment rates of leveraged loans in the underlying portfolio.
Most of the prepaid proceeds have been applied to amortise the
liabilities. All else held equal, such deleveraging is generally a
positive credit driver for the CLO's rated liabilities.

Key model inputs:

The key model inputs Moody's uses in Moody's analysis, such as par,
weighted average rating factor, diversity score and the weighted
average recovery rate, are based on its published methodology and
could differ from the trustee's reported numbers.

In its base case, Moody's used the following assumptions:

Performing par and principal proceeds balance: EUR254.2m

Defaulted Securities: EUR15.6m

Diversity Score: 36

Weighted Average Rating Factor (WARF): 3318

Weighted Average Life (WAL): 3.33 years

Weighted Average Spread (WAS) (before accounting for reference rate
floors): 3.94%

Weighted Average Coupon (WAC): 4.74%

Weighted Average Recovery Rate (WARR): 44.03%

Par haircut in OC tests and interest diversion test: 1.95%

The default probability derives from the credit quality of the
collateral pool and Moody's expectations of the remaining life of
the collateral pool. The estimated average recovery rate on future
defaults is based primarily on the seniority of the assets in the
collateral pool. In each case, historical and market performance
and a collateral manager's latitude to trade collateral are also
relevant factors. Moody's incorporates these default and recovery
characteristics of the collateral pool into its cash flow model
analysis, subjecting them to stresses as a function of the target
rating of each CLO liability it is analysing.

Methodology Underlying the Rating Action:

The principal methodology used in these ratings was "Moody's Global
Approach to Rating Collateralized Loan Obligations" published in
May 2024.

Counterparty Exposure:

The rating action took into consideration the notes' exposure to
relevant counterparties, such as account bank, using the
methodology "Structured Finance Counterparty Risks" published in
May 2025. Moody's concluded the ratings of the notes are not
constrained by these risks.

Factors that would lead to an upgrade or downgrade of the ratings:

The rated notes' performance is subject to uncertainty. The notes'
performance is sensitive to the performance of the underlying
portfolio, which in turn depends on economic and credit conditions
that may change. The collateral manager's investment decisions and
management of the transaction will also affect the notes'
performance.

Additional uncertainty about performance is due to the following:

-- Portfolio amortisation: The main source of uncertainty in this
transaction is the pace of amortisation of the underlying
portfolio, which can vary significantly depending on market
conditions and have a significant impact on the notes' ratings.
Amortisation could accelerate as a consequence of high loan
prepayment levels or collateral sales by the collateral manager or
be delayed by an increase in loan amend-and-extend restructurings.
Fast amortisation would usually benefit the ratings of the notes
beginning with the notes having the highest prepayment priority.

-- Recovery of defaulted assets: Market value fluctuations in
trustee-reported defaulted assets and those Moody's assumes have
defaulted can result in volatility in the deal's
over-collateralisation levels. Further, the timing of recoveries
and the manager's decision whether to work out or sell defaulted
assets can also result in additional uncertainty. Recoveries higher
than Moody's expectations would have a positive impact on the
notes' ratings.

-- Long-dated assets: The presence of assets that mature beyond
the CLO's legal maturity date exposes the deal to liquidation risk
on those assets. Moody's assumes that, at transaction maturity, the
liquidation value of such an asset will depend on the nature of the
asset as well as the extent to which the asset's maturity lags that
of the liabilities. Liquidation values higher than Moody's
expectations would have a positive impact on the notes' ratings.

In addition to the quantitative factors that Moody's explicitly
modelled, qualitative factors are part of the rating committee's
considerations. These qualitative factors include the structural
protections in the transaction, its recent performance given the
market environment, the legal environment, specific documentation
features, the collateral manager's track record and the potential
for selection bias in the portfolio. All information available to
rating committees, including macroeconomic forecasts, input from
Moody's other analytical groups, market factors, and judgments
regarding the nature and severity of credit stress on the
transactions, can influence the final rating decision.


TIKEHAU CLO XI: Fitch Assigns 'B-sf' Final Rating on Cl. F-R Notes
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned Tikehau CLO XI DAC reset notes final
ratings.

   Entity/Debt             Rating               Prior
   -----------             ------               -----

Tikehau CLO XI DAC

   A XS2672302937      LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   AAAsf
   A-R XS3091040306    LT AAAsf  New Rating
   B-1 XS2672303075    LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   AAsf
   B-2 XS2672303232    LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   AAsf
   B-R XS3091040561    LT AAsf   New Rating
   C XS2672303406      LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   Asf
   C-R XS3091040728    LT Asf    New Rating
   D XS2672303661      LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   BBB-sf
   D-R XS3091041296    LT BBB-sf New Rating
   E XS2672303828      LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   BB-sf
   E-R XS3091041452    LT BB-sf  New Rating
   F XS2672304123      LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   B-sf
   F-R XS3091041619    LT B-sf   New Rating

Transaction Summary

Tikehau CLO XI DAC is a securitisation of mainly senior secured
obligations (at least 90%) with a component of senior unsecured,
mezzanine, second-lien loans and high-yield bonds. Note proceeds
from the reset notes and additional subordinated notes have been
used to redeem the existing notes (except the subordinated notes)
and fund the portfolio with a target par of EUR400 million. The
portfolio is actively managed by Tikehau Capital Europe Limited.
The collateralised loan obligation (CLO) has a 4.5-year
reinvestment period and a 7.5-year weighted average life test (WAL)
at closing.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Average Portfolio Credit Quality (Neutral): Fitch assesses the
average credit quality of obligors at 'B'/'B-'. The Fitch weighted
average rating factor (WARF) of the identified portfolio is 24.5.

High Recovery Expectations (Positive): At least 90% of the
portfolio will comprise of senior secured obligations. Fitch views
the recovery prospects for these assets as more favourable than for
second-lien, unsecured and mezzanine assets. The Fitch weighted
average recovery rate (WARR) of the identified portfolio is 60.5%.

Diversified Asset Portfolio (Positive): The transaction includes
four Fitch matrices. Two are effective at closing, corresponding to
a 7.5-year WAL. Two forward matrices are effective 12 months after
closing, corresponding to a 6.5-year WAL. All matrices are based on
a top-10 obligor concentration limit of 20% and each matrix set
corresponds to two different fixed-rate asset limits at 5% and 10%.
Switching to the forward matrices is subject to the reinvestment
par condition (with defaulted assets at Fitch collateral value)
being satisfied.

The transaction also includes various other concentration limits,
including a maximum exposure to the three largest Fitch-defined
industries in the portfolio at 40%. These covenants ensure the
asset portfolio will not be exposed to excessive concentration.

WAL Step-Up Feature (Neutral): The transaction can extend the WAL
by one year on the step-up date, which can be one year after
closing at the earliest. The WAL extension is subject to conditions
including the satisfaction of all tests and the aggregate
collateral balance (defaults at Fitch collateral value) being no
less than the reinvestment target par amount.

Portfolio Management (Neutral): The transaction has a 4.5-year
reinvestment period, which is governed by reinvestment criteria
similar to those of other European transactions. Fitch's analysis
is based on a stressed-case portfolio with the aim of testing the
robustness of the transaction structure against its covenants and
portfolio guidelines.

Cash Flow Modelling (Positive): The WAL used for the Fitch-stressed
portfolio analysis was reduced by 12 months for the closing
matrices and by six months for the forward matrices. This is to
account for the strict reinvestment conditions envisaged after the
reinvestment period. These include passing the coverage tests and
the Fitch 'CCC' maximum limit after reinvestment and a WAL covenant
that progressively steps down over time after the end of the
reinvestment period.

Fitch believes these conditions would reduce the effective risk
horizon of the portfolio during stress periods; however, Fitch
would not shorten the modelled risk horizon to under six years
according to its CLO criteria. Therefore the forward matrices only
reflect a six-month reduction in WAL.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

A 25% increase of the mean default rate (RDR) and a 25% decrease of
the recovery rate (RRR) across all ratings of the identified
portfolio would have no impact on class A notes but would lead to
downgrades of one notch each for the class C, D and E notes, and to
below 'B-sf' for class F notes.

Downgrades, which are based on the identified portfolio, may occur
if the loss expectation is larger than initially assumed, due to
unexpectedly high levels of default and portfolio deterioration.
The class B notes have a rating cushion of three notches and the
class C to F notes each have a cushion of two notches, due to the
better metrics and shorter life of the identified portfolio than
the Fitch-stressed portfolio,

Should the cushion between the identified portfolio and the
Fitch-stressed portfolio be eroded either due to manager trading or
negative portfolio credit migration, a 25% increase of the mean RDR
and a 25% decrease of the RRR across all ratings of the
Fitch-stressed portfolio would lead to downgrades of up to three
notches for the class B to E notes, and to below 'B-sf' for the
class F notes.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

A 25% reduction of the mean RDR and a 25% increase in the RRR
across all ratings of the Fitch-stressed portfolio would lead to
upgrades of up to four notches for the rated notes, except for the
'AAAsf' rated notes.

Upgrades during the reinvestment period, which are based on the
Fitch-stressed portfolio, may occur on better-than-expected
portfolio credit quality and a shorter remaining WAL test, allowing
the notes to withstand larger-than-expected losses for the
remaining life of the transaction. Upgrades after the end of the
reinvestment period may result from stable portfolio credit quality
and deleveraging, leading to higher credit enhancement to cover
losses in the transaction.

USE OF THIRD PARTY DUE DILIGENCE PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17G -10

Form ABS Due Diligence-15E was not provided to, or reviewed by,
Fitch in relation to this rating action.

DATA ADEQUACY

Fitch has checked the consistency and plausibility of the
information it has received about the performance of the asset pool
and the transaction. Fitch has not reviewed the results of any
third-party assessment of the asset portfolio information or
conducted a review of origination files as part of its ongoing
monitoring.

The majority of the underlying assets or risk-presenting entities
have ratings or credit opinions from Fitch and/or other Nationally
Recognised Statistical Rating Organisations and/or European
Securities and Markets Authority- registered rating agencies. Fitch
has relied on the practices of the relevant groups within Fitch
and/or other rating agencies to assess the asset portfolio
information or information on the risk-presenting entities.

Overall, and together with any assumptions referred to above,
Fitch's assessment of the information relied upon for the agency's
rating analysis according to its applicable rating methodologies
indicates that it is adequately reliable.

ESG Considerations

Fitch does not provide ESG relevance scores for Tikehau CLO XI
DAC.

In cases where Fitch does not provide ESG relevance scores in
connection with the credit rating of a transaction, programme,
instrument or issuer, Fitch will disclose any ESG factor that is a
key rating driver in the key rating drivers section of the relevant
rating action commentary.


TYMON PARK CLO: Moody's Affirms B3 Rating on EUR11.2MM Cl. E Notes
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has upgraded the ratings on the following notes
issued by Tymon Park CLO DAC:

EUR28,800,000 Class A-2A Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due
2034, Upgraded to Aa1 (sf); previously on Aug 19, 2021 Definitive
Rating Assigned Aa2 (sf)

EUR10,000,000 Class A-2B Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes due 2034,
Upgraded to Aa1 (sf); previously on Aug 19, 2021 Definitive Rating
Assigned Aa2 (sf)

EUR23,200,000 Class B Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate
Notes due 2034, Upgraded to A1 (sf); previously on Aug 19, 2021
Definitive Rating Assigned A2 (sf)

Moody's have also affirmed the ratings on the following notes:

EUR248,000,000 Class A-1 Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due
2034, Affirmed Aaa (sf); previously on Aug 19, 2021 Definitive
Rating Assigned Aaa (sf)

EUR28,000,000 Class C Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate
Notes due 2034, Affirmed Baa3 (sf); previously on Aug 19, 2021
Definitive Rating Assigned Baa3 (sf)

EUR20,800,000 Class D Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate
Notes due 2034, Affirmed Ba3 (sf); previously on Aug 19, 2021
Definitive Rating Assigned Ba3 (sf)

EUR11,200,000 Class E Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate
Notes due 2034, Affirmed B3 (sf); previously on Aug 19, 2021
Definitive Rating Assigned B3 (sf)

Tymon Park CLO DAC, issued in December 2015 and refinanced in
January 2018 and in August 2021, is a collateralised loan
obligation (CLO) backed by a portfolio of mostly high-yield senior
secured European loans. The portfolio is managed by Blackstone
Ireland Limited. The transaction's reinvestment period will end in
August 2025.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The rating upgrades on the Class A-2A, Class A-2B and Class B notes
are primarily a result of the benefit of the shorter period of time
remaining before the end of the reinvestment period in August
2025.

The affirmations on the ratings on the Class A-1, Class C, Class D
and Class E notes are primarily a result of the expected losses on
the notes remaining consistent with their current rating levels,
after taking into account the CLO's latest portfolio, its relevant
structural features and its actual over-collateralisation ratios.

In light of reinvestment restrictions during the amortisation
period, and therefore the limited ability to effect significant
changes to the current collateral pool, Moody's analysed the deal
assuming a higher likelihood that the collateral pool
characteristics would maintain an adequate buffer relative to
certain covenant requirements.

The key model inputs Moody's uses in Moody's analysis, such as par,
weighted average rating factor, diversity score and the weighted
average recovery rate, are based on Moody's published methodologies
and could differ from the trustee's reported numbers.

In Moody's base case, Moody's used the following assumptions:

Performing par and principal proceeds balance: EUR396.74m

Defaulted Securities: EUR3.51m

Diversity Score: 60

Weighted Average Rating Factor (WARF): 2947

Weighted Average Life (WAL): 4.35 years

Weighted Average Spread (WAS) (before accounting for Euribor
floors): 3.70%

Weighted Average Coupon (WAC): 3.45%

Weighted Average Recovery Rate (WARR): 44.17%

Par haircut in OC tests and interest diversion test: 0%

The default probability derives from the credit quality of the
collateral pool and Moody's expectations of the remaining life of
the collateral pool. The estimated average recovery rate on future
defaults is based primarily on the seniority of the assets in the
collateral pool. In each case, historical and market performance
and a collateral manager's latitude to trade collateral are also
relevant factors. Moody's incorporates these default and recovery
characteristics of the collateral pool into Moody's cash flow model
analysis, subjecting them to stresses as a function of the target
rating of each CLO liability it is analysing.

Methodology Underlying the Rating Action:

The principal methodology used in these ratings was "Moody's Global
Approach to Rating Collateralized Loan Obligations" published in
May 2024.

Counterparty Exposure:

The rating action took into consideration the notes' exposure to
relevant counterparties, such as account bank, using the
methodology "Structured Finance Counterparty Risks" published in
May 2025. Moody's concluded the ratings of the notes are not
constrained by these risks.

Factors that would lead to an upgrade or downgrade of the ratings:

The rated notes' performance is subject to uncertainty. The notes'
performance is sensitive to the performance of the underlying
portfolio, which in turn depends on economic and credit conditions
that may change. The collateral manager's investment decisions and
management of the transaction will also affect the notes'
performance.

Additional uncertainty about performance is due to the following:

-- Portfolio amortisation: Once reaching the end of the
reinvestment period in August 2025, the main source of uncertainty
in this transaction is the pace of amortisation of the underlying
portfolio, which can vary significantly depending on market
conditions and have a significant impact on the notes' ratings.
Amortisation could accelerate as a consequence of high loan
prepayment levels or collateral sales by the collateral manager or
be delayed by an increase in loan amend-and-extend restructurings.
Fast amortisation would usually benefit the ratings of the notes
beginning with the notes having the highest prepayment priority.

-- Weighted average life: The notes' ratings are sensitive to the
weighted average life assumption of the portfolio, which could
lengthen as a result of the manager's decision to reinvest in new
issue loans or other loans with longer maturities, or participate
in amend-to-extend offerings. The effect on the ratings of
extending the portfolio's weighted average life can be positive or
negative depending on the notes' seniority.

-- Recovery of defaulted assets: Market value fluctuations in
trustee-reported defaulted assets and those Moody's assumes have
defaulted can result in volatility in the deal's
over-collateralisation levels. Further, the timing of recoveries
and the manager's decision whether to work out or sell defaulted
assets can also result in additional uncertainty. Moody's analysed
defaulted recoveries assuming the lower of the market price or the
recovery rate to account for potential volatility in market prices.
Recoveries higher than Moody's expectations would have a positive
impact on the notes' ratings.

In addition to the quantitative factors that Moody's explicitly
modelled, qualitative factors are part of the rating committee's
considerations. These qualitative factors include the structural
protections in the transaction, its recent performance given the
market environment, the legal environment, specific documentation
features, the collateral manager's track record and the potential
for selection bias in the portfolio. All information available to
rating committees, including macroeconomic forecasts, input from
Moody's other analytical groups, market factors, and judgments
regarding the nature and severity of credit stress on the
transactions, can influence the final rating decision.


WILTON PARK: Fitch Assigns 'B-sf' Final Rating on Class F-R Notes
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned Wilton Park CLO DAC reset final
ratings.

   Entity/Debt                   Rating               Prior
   -----------                   ------               -----
Wilton Park CLO DAC

   Class A XS2698482432      LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   AAAsf
   Class A-R XS3076292088    LT AAAsf  New Rating     AAA(EXP)sf
   Class B-1 XS2698484214    LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   AAsf
   Class B-2 XS2698484644    LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   AAsf
   Class B1-R XS3076292245   LT AAsf   New Rating     AA(EXP)sf
   Class B2-R XS3076292591   LT AAsf   New Rating     AA(EXP)sf
   Class C XS2698485294      LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   Asf
   Class C-R XS3076292831    LT Asf    New Rating     A(EXP)sf
   Class D XS2698485534      LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   BBB-sf
   Class D-R XS3076293052    LT BBB-sf New Rating     BBB-(EXP)sf
   Class E XS2698486003      LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   BB-sf
   Class E-R XS3076293219    LT BB-sf  New Rating     BB-(EXP)sf
   Class F XS2698486268      LT PIFsf  Paid In Full   B-sf
   Class F-R XS3076293482    LT B-sf   New Rating     B-(EXP)sf

Transaction Summary

Wilton Park CLO DAC (reset) is a securitisation of mainly senior
secured obligations (at least 96%) with a component of senior
unsecured, mezzanine, second-lien loans and high-yield bonds. Note
proceeds from the issue were used to redeem the existing rated
notes and to purchase a portfolio with a target par of EUR400
million. The portfolio is actively managed by Blackstone Ireland
Limited. The collateralised loan obligation (CLO) has a 4.5-year
reinvestment period and a 7.5-year weighted-average life (WAL)
test.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Average Portfolio Credit Quality (Neutral): Fitch assesses the
average credit quality of obligors at 'B'/'B-'. The Fitch
weighted-average rating factor (WARF) of the identified portfolio
is 24.7.

High Recovery Expectations (Positive): At least 96% of the
portfolio comprises senior secured obligations. The recovery
prospects for these assets are more favourable than for
second-lien, unsecured and mezzanine assets. The Fitch
weighted-average recovery rate (WARR) of the identified portfolio
is 61.2%.

WAL Step-Up Feature (Neutral): The transaction can extend the WAL
by 12 months on the step-up date, which is a year after closing.
The WAL extension is subject to conditions, including passing the
collateral quality and coverage tests and the adjusted collateral
principal amount being at least equal to the reinvestment target
par balance.

Diversified Portfolio (Positive): The transaction includes one
matrix set at closing and one forward matrix set effective from six
months after closing (18 months if WAL is stepped up), provided the
collateral principal amount (defaults at Fitch-calculated
collateral value) is at least equal to the reinvestment target par
balance, among other conditions. Each matrix set comprises
fixed-rate asset limits of 5% and 12.5%. The closing matrix set
corresponds to a 7.5-year WAL test covenant, whereas the forward
matrix set corresponds to a seven-year WAL test covenant.

The transaction includes various concentration limits, including a
maximum exposure to the three largest Fitch-defined industries in
the portfolio at 40% and a top 10 obligor concentration limit of
20%. These covenants are intended to ensure the asset portfolio
will not be exposed to excessive concentration.

Portfolio Management (Neutral): The transaction has a reinvestment
period of about 4.5 years and includes reinvestment criteria
similar to those of other European transactions. Its analysis is
based on a Fitch-stressed portfolio with the aim of testing the
robustness of the deal structure against its covenants and
portfolio guidelines.

Cash Flow Modelling (Positive): The WAL used for the Fitch-stressed
portfolio is 12 months shorter than the WAL covenant to account for
structural and reinvestment conditions after the reinvestment
period, including passing the over-collateralisation and Fitch
'CCC' limitation tests, and a WAL covenant that gradually steps
down over time. In Fitch's opinion, these conditions reduce the
effective risk horizon of the portfolio during stress periods.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

A 25% increase of the mean default rate (RDR) and a 25% decrease of
the recovery rate (RRR) across all ratings of the identified
portfolio would have no impact on the class A notes and would lead
to downgrades of one notch each for the class B1-R to E-R notes,
while the class F-R notes would be rated below 'B-sf'.

Downgrades, which are based on the identified portfolio, may occur
if the loss expectation is larger than initially assumed, due to
unexpectedly high levels of default and portfolio deterioration.
The class B-R, D-R, E-R and F-R notes each have a rating cushion of
two notches and the class C-R notes have a cushion of one notch,
due to the better metrics and shorter life of the identified
portfolio than the Fitch-stressed portfolio.

Should the cushion between the identified portfolio and the
Fitch-stressed portfolio be eroded either due to manager trading or
negative portfolio credit migration, a 25% increase of the mean RDR
and a 25% decrease of the RRR across all ratings of the
Fitch-stressed portfolio would lead to downgrades of up to four
notches for the notes.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

A 25% reduction of the mean RDR and a 25% increase in the RRR
across all ratings of the Fitch-stressed portfolio would lead to
upgrades of up to four notches each for the notes, except for the
'AAAsf' rated notes.

Upgrades during the reinvestment period, which are based on the
Fitch-stressed portfolio, may occur on better-than-expected
portfolio credit quality and a shorter remaining WAL test, allowing
the notes to withstand larger-than- expected losses for the
remaining life of the transaction. Upgrades after the end of the
reinvestment period may result from stable portfolio credit quality
and deleveraging, leading to higher credit enhancement and excess
spread available to cover losses in the remaining portfolio.

USE OF THIRD PARTY DUE DILIGENCE PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17G -10

Form ABS Due Diligence-15E was not provided to, or reviewed by,
Fitch in relation to this rating action.

DATA ADEQUACY

Fitch has checked the consistency and plausibility of the
information it has received about the performance of the asset pool
and the transaction. Fitch has not reviewed the results of any
third-party assessment of the asset portfolio information or
conducted a review of origination files as part of its ongoing
monitoring.

Most of the underlying assets or risk-presenting entities have
ratings or credit opinions from Fitch and/or other Nationally
Recognised Statistical Rating Organisations and/or European
Securities and Markets Authority-registered rating agencies. Fitch
has relied on the practices of the relevant groups within Fitch
and/or other rating agencies to assess the asset portfolio
information or information on the risk-presenting entities.

Overall, and together with any assumptions referred to above,
Fitch's assessment of the information relied upon for the agency's
rating analysis according to its applicable rating methodologies
indicates that it is adequately reliable.

ESG Considerations

Fitch does not provide ESG relevance scores for Wilton Park CLO
DAC.

In cases where Fitch does not provide ESG relevance scores in
connection with the credit rating of a transaction, programme,
instrument or issuer, Fitch will disclose any ESG factor that is a
key rating driver in the key rating drivers section of the relevant
rating action commentary.


WILTON PARK: S&P Assigns B-(sf) Rating on Class F-R Notes
---------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its credit ratings to Wilton Park CLO
DAC's A-R, B-1-R, B-2-R, C-R, D-R, E-R, and F-R notes. At closing,
the issuer has unrated Z-1, Z-2, and subordinated notes outstanding
from the existing transaction.

This transaction is a reset of the already existing transaction
that closed in November 2023. The issuance proceeds of the
refinancing notes were used to redeem the refinanced notes (the
original transaction's class A, B-1, B-2, C, D, E, and F notes) and
the ratings on the original notes have been withdrawn

The reinvestment period will be approximately 4.55 years, while the
non-call period will be 1.55 years after closing.

Under the transaction documents, the rated notes will pay quarterly
interest unless there is a frequency switch event. Following this,
the notes will switch to semiannual payment.

The ratings assigned to the notes reflect S&P's assessment of:

-- The diversified collateral pool, which primarily comprises
broadly syndicated speculative-grade senior secured term loans and
bonds that are governed by collateral quality tests.

-- The credit enhancement provided through the subordination of
cash flows, excess spread, and overcollateralization.

-- The collateral manager's experienced team, which can affect the
performance of the rated notes through collateral selection,
ongoing portfolio management, and trading.

-- The transaction's legal structure, which is bankruptcy remote.

-- The transaction's counterparty risks, which is in line with
S&P's counterparty rating framework.

  Portfolio benchmarks

  S&P Global Ratings weighted-average rating factor     2,825.74
  Default rate dispersion                                 525.68
  Weighted-average life (years)                             4.39
  Weighted-average life (years) extended
  to cover the length of the reinvestment period            4.54
  Obligor diversity measure                               170.17
  Industry diversity measure                               20.48
  Regional diversity measure                                1.24

  Transaction key metrics

  Total par amount (mil. EUR)                             401.60
  Defaulted assets (mil. EUR)                               0.00
  Number of performing obligors                              227
  Portfolio weighted-average rating
  derived from S&P's CDO evaluator                             B
  'CCC' category rated assets (%)                           2.23
  Target 'AAA' weighted-average recovery (%)               36.09
  Target weighted-average spread (net of floors; %)         3.56
  Target weighted-average coupon (%)                        3.59

S&P said, "Our ratings reflect our assessment of the collateral
portfolio's credit quality, which has a weighted-average rating of
'B'.

"The portfolio is well-diversified, primarily comprising broadly
syndicated speculative-grade senior secured term loans and senior
secured bonds. Therefore, we conducted our credit and cash flow
analysis by applying our criteria for corporate cash flow CDOs."

The transaction includes an amortizing reinvestment target par
amount, which is a predetermined reduction in the value of the
transaction's target par amount unrelated to the principal payments
on the notes. This may allow for the principal proceeds to be
characterized as interest proceeds when the collateral par exceeds
this amount, subject to a limit, and affect the reinvestment
criteria, among others. This feature allows some excess par to be
released to equity during benign times, which may lead to a
reduction in the amount of losses that the transaction can sustain
during an economic downturn. Hence, in S&P's cash flow analysis, it
assumed a starting collateral size of less than target par (i.e.,
the EUR400 million target par minus the EUR4.5 million maximum
reinvestment target par adjustment amount).

S&P said, "In our cash flow analysis, we also modeled the
covenanted weighted-average spread of 3.56%, the covenanted
weighted-average coupon of 3.59%, and the target weighted-average
recovery rates at each rating level. We applied various cash flow
stress scenarios, using four different default patterns, in
conjunction with different interest rate stress scenarios for each
liability rating category.

The transaction's documented counterparty replacement and remedy
mechanisms adequately mitigate its exposure to counterparty risk
under our current counterparty criteria.

S&P said, "Under our structured finance sovereign risk criteria,
the transaction's exposure to country risk is sufficiently
mitigated at the assigned ratings.

"The transaction's legal structure and framework is bankruptcy
remote, in line with our legal criteria.

"Our credit and cash flow analysis indicates that the available
credit enhancement for the class B-1-R, B-2-R, and C-R notes could
withstand stresses commensurate with higher ratings than those
assigned. However, as the CLO will be in its reinvestment phase
starting from the effective date, during which the transaction's
credit risk profile could deteriorate, we have capped our ratings
assigned to the notes."

The class A-R, D-R, and E-R notes can withstand stresses
commensurate with the assigned ratings.

S&P said, "For the class F-R notes, our credit and cash flow
analysis indicate that the available credit enhancement could
withstand stresses commensurate with a lower rating.

"However, we have applied our 'CCC' rating criteria, resulting in a
'B- (sf)' rating on this class of notes."

The ratings uplift for the class F-R notes reflects several key
factors, including:

-- The class F-R notes' available credit enhancement, which is in
the same range as that of other CLOs we have rated and that have
recently been issued in Europe.

-- The portfolio's average credit quality, which is similar to
other recent CLOs.

-- S&P's model generated break-even default rate at the 'B-'
rating level of 23.52% (for a portfolio with a weighted-average
life of 4.55 years), versus if we were to consider a long-term
sustainable default rate of 3.1% for 4.55 years, which would result
in a target default rate of 14.105%.

-- S&P does not believe that there is a one-in-two chance of this
tranche defaulting.

-- S&P does not envision this tranche defaulting in the next 12-18
months.

S&P said, "Following this analysis, we consider that the available
credit enhancement for the class F notes is commensurate with the
assigned 'B- (sf)' rating.

"Following our analysis of the credit, cash flow, counterparty,
operational, and legal risks, we believe that our ratings are
commensurate with the available credit enhancement for the class
A-R, B-1-R, B-2-R, C-R, D-R, E-R, and F-R notes.

"In addition to our standard analysis, we have also included the
sensitivity of the ratings on the class A-R to E-R notes, based on
four hypothetical scenarios.

"As our ratings analysis makes additional considerations before
assigning ratings in the 'CCC' category, and we would assign a 'B-'
rating if the criteria for assigning a 'CCC' category rating are
not met, we have not included the above scenario analysis results
for the class F-R notes."

Environmental, social, and governance

S&P regards the exposure to environmental, social, and governance
(ESG) credit factors in the transaction as being broadly in line
with its benchmark for the sector.

Primarily due to the diversity of the assets within CLOs, the
exposure to environmental credit factors is viewed as below
average, social credit factors are below average, and governance
credit factors are average.

For this transaction, the documents prohibit assets from being
related to certain activities. S&P said, "Accordingly, since the
exclusion of assets from these industries does not result in
material differences between the transaction and our ESG benchmark
for the sector, no specific adjustments have been made in our
rating analysis to account for any ESG-related risks or
opportunities."

Wilton Park CLO is a European cash flow CLO securitization of a
revolving pool, comprising euro-denominated senior secured loans
and bonds issued mainly by speculative-grade borrowers. Blackstone
Ireland Ltd. manages the transaction.

  Ratings list

                     Amount    Credit
  Class   Rating*  (mil. EUR)  enhancement (%)   Interest rate

  A-R     AAA (sf)    244.00    39.00    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                         plus 1.45%

  B-1-R   AA (sf)      35.50    27.63    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                         plus 2.05%

  B-2-R   AA (sf)      10.00    27.63    4.90%

  C-R     A (sf)       24.00    21.63    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                         plus 2.60%

  D-R     BBB- (sf)    28.50    14.50    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                         plus 3.35%

  E-R     BB- (sf)     17.50    10.13    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                         plus 5.70%

  F-R     B- (sf)      12.50     7.00    Three/six-month EURIBOR
                                         plus 8.40%

  Z-1     NR           37.60      N/A    N/A

  Z-2     NR           37.60      N/A    N/A

  Sub notes   NR       37.60      N/A    N/A

*The ratings assigned to the class A-R, B-1-R, and B-2-R notes
address timely interest and ultimate principal payments. The
ratings assigned to the class C-R, D-R, E-R, and F-R notes address
ultimate interest and principal payments. The payment frequency
switches to semiannual and the index switches to six-month EURIBOR
when a frequency switch event occurs.
EURIBOR--Euro Interbank Offered Rate.
NR--Not rated.
N/A--Not applicable.




=========
I T A L Y
=========

LA DORIA: Moody's Rates New EUR675MM Senior Secured Notes 'B1'
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has assigned a B1 instrument rating to La Doria
S.p.A.'s (La Doria or the company) proposed new EUR675 million
backed senior secured notes due 2030. The company's existing
ratings, including the B1 long-term corporate family rating, the
B1-PD probability of default rating (PDR), and the B1 ratings for
its existing EUR650 million backed senior secured notes due 2029,
are unaffected. The stable outlook also remains unaffected. Moody's
expects to withdraw the B1 rating on the existing backed senior
secured notes upon completion of the refinancing.

The proposed transaction will refinance the company's existing
backed senior secured debt, fund cash on balance sheet for general
corporate purposes and fund-related transaction fees and expenses.

Although the refinancing transaction slightly increases the debt
burden, Moody's expects La Doria's Moody's-adjusted leverage, pro
forma for recent acquisitions, will continue to hover around 4.5x
over the next 12 to 18 months. This leverage level is at the high
end of the rating category, leaving limited room for any potential
underperformance. However, this risk is offset by a good liquidity
profile and expected positive free cash flow, with interest
coverage remaining comfortably at above 3x.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The proposed backed senior secured notes due 2030 are rated at the
same level as the company's B1 corporate family rating (CFR),
reflecting their presence as the largest debt instrument in the
capital structure as well as the existence of a super-senior
revolving credit facility (RCF). As part of the refinancing, the
company is planning to increase the size of the existing
super-senior RCF to EUR122.5 million and extend its maturity to
2030.

La Doria's ratings continue to reflect the company's leading market
position in select private-label product categories; relatively
good operating margins, particularly considering its private-label
business; flexible cost structure, pass-through capabilities and
hedging strategy; and good liquidity and projected positive free
cash flow (FCF).

Concurrently, the rating is constrained by the company's degree of
geographical concentration, with sales mainly in the UK, despite
exposures to other countries; substantial client concentration; and
still some event risk associated with potential acquisitions and
their integration.

Over the past year, since the initial rating, the company has
focused on inorganic growth, completing four bolt-on acquisitions
with a combination of debt and cash on hand. This includes the
recent agreement to acquire Pasta Lensi, an Italian manufacturer
specializing in gluten-free and legume-based pasta, and FEGER,
which produces and distributes tomatoes, legumes, ready-made
sauces, and canned goods, while also managing food specialties
labeling and storage.

La Doria's operating performance has improved significantly in
recent years, supported by strong revenue growth driven mainly by
increased volume, an improved product mix, and ongoing operating
efficiencies. However, in the first three months of 2025, the
underlying operating performance came under pressure due to lower
revenues in a deflationary environment, coupled with slightly
negative volume/mix effect, and higher personnel cost.
Nevertheless, this has been more than compensated by positive
contributions from newly acquired businesses.

Going forward, Moody's anticipates still some earnings pressure on
the underlying business, but overall profitability supported by M&A
contribution. Consequently, Moody's projects the company will
achieve a Moody's-adjusted EBITDA of EUR174 million in 2025 (pro
forma for the 12-month contribution of recently completed
acquisitions), leading to some improvements in financial metrics
with Moody's-adjusted leverage hovering at around 4.5x over the
next 12-18 months.

In terms of financial policy, Moody's do not expect La Doria to
pursue any significant incremental debt-funded acquisitions.
Moody's anticipates management will now focus on pursuing organic
growth, integrating the acquired businesses and achieving targeted
synergies and cost savings. The B1 rating and stable outlook
incorporate Moody's expectations that in case of any potential
future acquisitions, the company will continue to pursue a prudent
approach, with credit metrics consistent with the current rating
category.

LIQUIDITY

Moody's expects La Doria to have good liquidity, supported by an
expected cash balance of EUR78 million post-closing of the
transaction, and access to an upsized super senior revolving credit
facility (SSRCF) up to EUR122.5 million, which is likely to remain
undrawn. Moody's also expects the company to generate consistently
positive Moody's-adjusted FCF of around EUR40 million in 2025 and
more than EUR60 million thereafter.

There are no significant debt maturities until 2030, when the
EUR675 million backed senior secured notes are due.

STRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS

La Doria's probability of default rating of B1-PD incorporates the
use of a 50% family recovery rate assumption.

The B1 rating of the backed senior secured floating-rate notes due
in 2030 and issued by La Doria S.p.A. is in line with the CFR. The
SSRCF ranks at the top of Moody's Loss Given Default (LGD)
waterfall, followed by the EUR675 million backed senior secured
notes and trade payables. The size of the RCF is not significant
enough to warrant a notching of the bonds below the CFR according
to Moody's LGD waterfall.

The RCF and the backed senior secured notes share the same
collateral package, consisting of shares in all significant
operating subsidiaries of the group, representing at least 98% of
consolidated EBITDA.

RATIONALE FOR STABLE OUTLOOK

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations that La Doria's
credit metrics will remain resilient, with its Moody's-adjusted
gross leverage hovering around 4.5x in the next 12-18 months,
supported by increasing FCF generation. The stable outlook also
assumes that the company will not embark on any significant
debt-funded acquisitions or further shareholders distributions and
will maintain at least adequate liquidity.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

Upward rating momentum could develop if La Doria continues to
successfully execute its strategy and deliver organic sales and
EBITDA growth, supporting a reduction in leverage and business
diversification. Quantitatively, this would translate into
Moody's-adjusted gross leverage remaining below 3.5x,
Moody's-adjusted FCF/debt in high-single-digit percentages, and
Moody's-adjusted EBITA/interest expense remaining above 2.75x, on a
sustained basis. It also requires maintaining a prudent financial
policy and good liquidity.

The rating could come under pressure if La Doria's operating
performance weakens with a substantial decline in its EBITDA
margin. Quantitatively, this would translate into Moody's-adjusted
gross leverage sustaining above 4.5x, Moody's-adjusted FCF/debt
moving into low-single-digit percentages, or Moody's-adjusted
EBITA/interest expense declining below 2.25x, for a prolonged
period. In addition, Moody's could downgrade the rating if the
company's financial policy becomes more aggressive and liquidity
deteriorates.

PRINCIPAL METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in this rating was Consumer Packaged
Goods published in June 2022.

COMPANY PROFILE

Headquartered in Angri, Italy, La Doria S.p.A. is the leading
European producer and distributor of shelf-stable private label
products. The company's key products include tomato-based products,
ready-made sauces, canned pulses, juices and fruit drinks. To a
lesser extent, it also offers other complementary products such as
dried pasta, canned tuna and salmon, and other related products,
which are manufactured by third-party producers and distributed
through its logistic distribution platform in the UK. In the 12
months to March 31, 2025, the company generated EUR1.5 billion
revenues and company-adjusted EBITDA of EUR177 million (pro forma
for the 12-month contribution of recently completed acquisitions)
and is majority owned by the private equity firm Investindustrial
since 2022.


LA DORIA: S&P Rates Proposed EUR675MM Senior Secured Notes 'B'
--------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B' issue rating and '3' recovery
rating to the proposed EUR675 million senior secured notes that
Italy-based private label food manufacturer La Doria SpA plans to
issue. The '3' recovery rating indicates its expectation of
meaningful recovery prospects (50%-70%; rounded estimate: 55%) in
the event of a default.

La Doria will use the proceeds to refinance its outstanding EUR650
million senior secured floating rate notes due 2029. La Doria will
also keep some of the proceeds as cash on the balance sheet,
covering fees and amounts paid in connection with the recent
acquisition of Pasta Lensi, an Italy-based pasta manufacturer
specializing in gluten-free, legume-based, and specialty pastas.
Cash on balance sheet will further fund the acquisition of Fege,
Italy-based food manufacturer specializing in producing and
commercializing tomatoes, legumes, ready-made sauces, and canned
fruit, and labelling and storage of food specialties. In 2024, Fege
reported an EBITDA of about EUR12 million. S&P expects the
acquisition to close in September 2025 for an enterprise value of
about EUR89 million.

As part of the proposed transaction, La Doria will increase the
size of its super senior revolving credit facility (RCF) by up to
EUR10 million, to EUR122.5 million from EUR112.5 million. S&P
expects the RCF will remain undrawn at the transaction's closing
and throughout our forecast horizon.

S&P said, "Our 'B' long-term issuer credit rating and stable
outlook on La Doria are unchanged. We think that the recent
acquisitions are in line with the group's strategy of diversifying
its product lines, expanding into the pasta business, while
reinforcing its position in the tomatoes, legumes, and ready-made
sauces product lines. We anticipate that the group's reported
revenue will increase to about 9% year on year in 2025, as we
factor in the full-year contribution of the acquisitions in 2025.
This is in addition to the acquisitions closed in 2024, such as
Clas, a ready-to-use pesto sauce manufacturer the group acquired in
September 2024; and Pastificio di Martino's private label business
unit, acquired in October 2024.

"We expect the current deflationary environment for tomatoes and
legumes, stemming from high volumes and strong price competition
from branded companies, to weigh on the group's profitability.
However, we think that La Doria will be able to absorb the negative
impact through a successful pass-through of cost inflation and the
integration of acquired companies. Although we anticipate some
nonrecurring costs and expenses related the recent acquisitions,
these would not materially affect La Doria's adjusted EBITDA
margin, which we forecast at about 12% in 2025, in line with our
previous expectations.

"Finally, we think that the higher debt amount in the capital
structure will not materially affect La Doria's adjusted debt to
EBITDA, which we expect to come in at about 4.5x in 2025, from 4.9x
in 2024 broadly in line with our previous expectations. Our current
rating on La Doria includes our view of the moderate execution and
integration risks of the recent acquisitions, operating in various
segments and Italian regions. Under its credit metrics, La Doria
has some flexibility to pursue additional mergers and acquisitions,
as it is acting as a market consolidator."

  Key Metrics

  La Doria SpA--Forecast summary

  Period ending    --Dec. 31--  

  (Mil. EUR)               2023a     2024a     2025f     2026f
  Revenue                  1,243     1,304     1,417     1,522
  EBITDA                   146       152       172       187
  Capital expenditure      27        27        23        23
  (capex)
  Reported Free            71        32        61        75
  operating cash flow
  (FOCF)
  Dividends                2         127       2         2
  Debt (reported)          349       670       690       690
  Plus:
  Lease liabilities debt   3         8         9         9
  Plus: Pension and other
  postretirement debt      2         5         5         5
  Plus: Others (factoring
  and put options on       110       70        70        70
  minority stakes)
  Debt                     464       753       774       774

  Adjusted ratios

  Annual revenue growth (%)20.8      4.9       8.7       7.4
  EBITDA margin (%)        11.8      11.7      12.1      12.3
  Debt/EBITDA (x)          3.2       4.9       4.5       4.1
  EBITDA interest
  coverage (x)             4.5       2.7       3.5       4
  FOCF/debt (%)            12.4      4.4       8.1       9.9

  a--Actual.
  f--Forecast.

Issue Ratings--Recovery Analysis

Key analytical factors

-- S&P said, "We rate La Doria's proposed EUR675 million senior
secured floating rate notes due December 2030 'B', in line with the
long-term issuer credit rating. The recovery rating is '3',
reflecting our expectation of meaningful recovery prospects
(rounded estimate: 55%) in the event of default."

-- The recovery rating is constrained by the substantial amount of
prior-ranking liabilities (primarily the proposed EUR122.5 million
super senior RCF, upsized by up to EUR10 million and the EUR156
million factoring facilities).

-- S&P's valuation of the business as a going concern and material
guarantor coverage tested at 80% of consolidated EBITDA support
recovery prospects.

-- S&P said, "In our hypothetical default scenario, we assume a
loss of major customers or a rise in competition leading to market
share losses, or an inability to effectively pass through costs. We
view the business as a going concern given its position as a market
leader in private-label food and beverage manufacturing in the U.K.
and Italy."

Simulated default assumptions

-- Year of default: 2028
-- Jurisdiction: Italy
-- Emergence EBITDA: About EUR106 million
-- EBITDA multiple: 6.0x, in line with standard sector assumption

Simplified waterfall

-- Gross enterprise value: Approximately EUR634 million

-- Net recovery value for waterfall after administrative expenses
(5%): EUR602 million

-- Priority claims: About EUR210 million [1]

-- Senior secured debt claims: EUR700 million [2]

    --Recovery expectations: 50%-70% (rounded to 55%)

-- Recovery rating: '3'

[1] RCF assumed to be 85% drawn at default and factoring lines used
at 60% at time of default.
[2] All debt amounts include six months of prepetition interest.


OMNIA TECHNOLOGIES: S&P Affirms 'B' ICR, Outlook Stable
-------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'B' ratings on Italy-based beverage
bottling and processing machine manufacturer Omnia Technologies SpA
(Omnia) and its senior secured notes, including the currently
proposed add-on. The recovery rating on the notes is '4',
indicating average recovery (rounded estimate: 45%) prospects in
the event of payment default.

S&P said, "The stable outlook indicates that we expect Omnia to
quickly integrate its acquisitions, enabling it to realize
meaningful synergies. We forecast that adjusted EBITDA margins will
exceed 12% from 2025. We also expect our adjusted debt-to-EBITDA
ratio to be around 6.0x in 2025, and well below this level
thereafter. The stable outlook incorporates our forecast that FOCF
will consistently be positive from 2025 and that our adjusted funds
from operations (FFO) interest coverage ratio for Omnia will remain
comfortably above 2.0x."

Omnia plans to issue a EUR100 million fully fungible tap to the
EUR500 million senior secured floating rate notes due 2031. The
proceeds will be used to repay the EUR45 million of drawn super
senior revolving credit facility (RCF) and EUR34 million of other
indebtedness, add about EUR17 million to cash on the balance sheet,
and pay estimated transaction fees of EUR5 million.

S&P said, "Pro forma the transaction and assuming some bolt-on
acquisitions in 2025, which under our base case will contribute
EUR5 million EBITDA, we anticipate an S&P Global Ratings adjusted
debt to EBITDA of 6.5x in 2025 and 5.8x in 2028 (about 6.2x in 2025
and 5.8x in 2026 previously). Thereby showing reduced rating leeway
under our current rating positioning. We also expect free operating
cash flow (FOCF) will turn positive this year at about EUR5
million-EUR10 million and reach about EUR30 million in 2026.

"We anticipate that the modest increase in debt will be broadly
credit neutral, however the company's current rating leeway is
limited. Pro forma the transaction, Omnia's capital structure will
consist solely of the upsized EUR600 million senior secured notes
resulting in a moderate debt increase compared to our former
publication. From a leverage standpoint, the increase in debt is
only partly mitigated by the company's expected adjusted EBITDA in
2025 of EUR101 million. This should result in S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA of 6.5x in 2025 and 5.8x in 2026 (compared
to 6.2x and 5.8x we were previously expecting). However, the higher
level of debt makes the deleveraging path even more dependent on
successful business integration and the realization of synergies,
limiting the company's ability to absorb potential delays or
setbacks in achieving these synergies without risking a negative
impact on the 'B' rating.

"We forecast Omnia's revenues to reach EUR793 million in 2025,
achieving a critical size in a fragmented industry. Omnia's pro
forma revenue for the last 12 months increased to EUR740 million as
of March 31, 2025, from EUR725 million for the fiscal year 2024
(ended Dec. 31). This growth was primarily driven by increased
volumes supported by favorable order intake and growth in the
after-sales business, from which Omnia generated about 26% of its
revenue. For 2025 and 2026, we anticipate organic growth of about
3%-3.5% annually driven by investment in innovation and automation
by large players in the beverage industry, cross-selling
opportunities, and aftermarket activities, thanks to approximately
30,000 installed units. In addition, we assume that bolt on
acquisitions will contribute about EUR40 million pro forma sales in
2025. However, in our view, growth will be tempered by Omnia's
significant exposure to the wine segment, which represented 29% of
the 12-month revenues as of March 31, 2025. We consider the wine
market to be the most exposed to downside risk, driven by the
global decline in wine consumption, the potential impact of climate
change on certain vineyards, and, more recently, the threat of U.S.
tariffs. Italy-based wine producers, whose largest export market is
the U.S., could face a period of heightened uncertainty should
demand from the U.S. market significantly decline amid an
escalation in trade tariffs. That said, the company's exposure to
the broader beverage spectrum and other geographies should help
offset softness in wine-related demand.

"We anticipate that Omnia's EBITDA will increase to about EUR101
million in 2025 before improving to about EUR112 million in 2026.
The company's S&P Global Ratings adjusted EBITDA reached EUR62
million in 2024 (including 12 months of contributions from the 2024
acquisitions), however significantly hindered by one-off cost that
we calculate at EUR35 million. We estimate that one-off costs will
decrease significantly this year to EUR15 million, mainly due to
lower M&A and nonrecurring consultancy costs. We expect the company
to generate synergies of EUR10 million in 2025 and benefit from
incremental contribution from already identified M&A that we
anticipate will close by the end of 2025--which we estimate at EUR5
million and that we did not previously expect. Leverage will thus
continue to be dependent on synergy realization and related
nonrecurring cost. Therefore, if synergy realization takes longer
than expected due to unanticipated setbacks, EBITDA could take a
hit, which would ultimately delay deleveraging. However, Omnia's
recent history indicates that it can successfully integrate
businesses. Since the entry of Investindustrial in 2020, the
company has acquired 25 companies and realized approximately EUR38
million in revenue and cost-saving synergies. We also understand
all companies acquired before 2024 have been fully integrated, and
that the company is progressing well in its path of integrating
companies acquired within the last 18 months. As a result of a step
up in absolute EBITDA, we anticipate the S&P Global
ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin to improve to about 12.7% in 2025
(from 8.5% in 2024) and 13.8% in 2026.

"We expect FOCF to turn positive in 2025 at about EUR5
million-EUR10 million and reach about EUR30 million or above from
2026 onward. We forecast that Omnia's FOCF will reach approximately
EUR7 million in 2025, increasing to at least EUR30 million annually
from 2026. We consider that 2024 reported FOCF is not
representative because of large M&A and transactions through the
year. We think that the significant increase in EBITDA, along with
the new consolidation perimeter, will be the primary drivers of
FOCF turning positive. We expect that capital expenditures (capex)
could remain at about EUR20 million in 2025, reflecting the
company's ambitious growth and synergy realization plan.

"Our rating on Omnia is constrained by the group's private equity
ownership. Although we forecast that adjusted debt to EBITDA should
significantly improve to below 6.0x from 2026, we also consider
that the group is owned by a financial sponsor. As such, we cannot
rule out potential incremental debt, given the company's
demonstrated appetite for further consolidation through mergers and
acquisitions. We expect the company will pursue bolt-on
acquisitions, and that in 2025 we estimate it could spend
approximately EUR40 million on new M&A, in addition to EUR29
million for deferred consideration repayments. A more aggressive
than anticipated financial policy, reflected in a further increase
in debt or in a higher tolerance for leverage, would put downward
pressure on our rating.

"The stable outlook indicates that we expect Omnia to quickly
integrate its acquisitions, enabling it to realize meaningful
synergies. We forecast that adjusted EBITDA margins will exceed 12%
from 2025. Furthermore, we expect our adjusted debt-to-EBITDA ratio
to be around 6.0x in 2025, and well below this level thereafter.
The stable outlook also incorporates our forecast that FOCF will
consistently be positive from 2025 and that our adjusted FFO
interest coverage ratio for Omnia will remain comfortably above
2.0x."

S&P could lower the rating if Omnia's debt to EBITDA is materially
weaker than the forecast above, because:

-- Demand is weaker than expected;

-- The company fails to generate synergies from its acquisitions;
or

-- Omnia unexpectedly increases debt by a material amount to fund
acquisitions or pay dividend distributions.

S&P could also lower the rating if:

-- FOCF remains negative in 2025, with little prospect of
recovery; or

-- FFO cash interest coverage is below 2.0x.

S&P could raise the rating if:

-- Omnia improves its revenue base and end-market exposure, while
also improving its current margin profile reaching a level
comfortably in the mid-teens under any market conditions;

-- Debt to EBITDA improves and remains consistently below 5.0x,
supported by a commensurate financial policy; and

-- FOCF generation improves, such that FOCF to debt is sustainably
above 5%.




===================
L U X E M B O U R G
===================

GARFUNKELUX HOLDCO 2: Moody's Ups CFR to 'Caa2', Outlook Stable
---------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has upgraded Garfunkelux Holdco 2 S.A.'s
(Garfunkelux) corporate family rating to Caa2 from Caa3 and
affirmed Garfunkelux Holdco 3 S.A.'s senior secured debt ratings of
Caa3. Concurrently, Moody's assigned Caa3 ratings to the new EUR968
million senior secured notes due in 2028 and EUR467 million
floating rate senior secured notes due in 2029 issued by
Garfunkelux Holdco 3 S.A. The issuer outlooks changed to stable
from negative.

The rating action is triggered by Garfunkelux announcing on 25 June
2025[1] to have completed its debt restructuring. The transaction
involved the firm exchanging GBP1.6 billion of senior secured notes
equivalent for GBP1.2 billion equivalent of new notes and EUR250
million of new holding company payment in kind (PIK) notes due in
2029 as well as repaying a portion of outstanding notes.
Garfunkelux also issued EUR250 million of new money notes due in
2028, which will rank senior to the new senior secured notes and
can be used for purchasing new notes.

Subsequent to the action, Moody's will withdraw the Caa3 ratings
for Garfunkelux Holdo 3 S.A.'s existing senior secured notes and
the senior secured foreign currency ratings following their
delisting.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The upgrade of Garfunkelux's CFR to Caa2 mainly reflects the
strengthening of its liquidity and funding profile, following the
successful refinancing and a maturity extension by around 3 years
of the company's notes and its revolving credit facility (RCF) to
2028 and 2029. However, Moody's considers that the restructuring
has led to a loss for bondholders and Moody's classify the
recapitalisation as a distressed exchange default.

Following the debt restructuring, Moody's expects the company's
leverage ratio, which Moody's calculates as 6.3x as of March 2025
including the new money notes, will improve but remain elevated at
6.0x based on trailing twelve months EBITDA as bondholders will
receive EUR250 million of holding company PIK bonds which will be
issued outside of the rated entity. Moody's expects leverage to be
lowered further if the company uses the new money notes of EUR250
million to reduce the amount of senior secured debt outstanding.

The Caa2 CFR does still reflect significant constraints on the
company's credit profile from weak profitability, cash flows and
tangible equity deficit. Moody's expects the company's leverage and
interest coverage and profitability to remain challenged by higher
funding costs and by the need to continue investing in portfolio
acquisitions to grow its cash generation. In addition, the company
has also undertaken several off balance sheet asset sales, which
reduce the amount of cash flow generative assets it has, thereby
weighing on future profitability.

The assigned Caa3 senior secured debt ratings of Garfunkelux Holdco
3 S.A.'s newly issued notes reflect the Caa2 positioning of the CFR
and the priorities of claims in the company's liability structure.
As part of the debt restructuring the senior secured debt notes now
rank lower and face higher loss severity than previously as the
EUR250 million of new money notes rank above senior secured debt
classes but junior to super senior debt classes such as the RCF.

The affirmation of the senior secured ratings of Garfunkelux Holdco
3 S.A.'s existing bonds at Caa3 prior to their delisting remains
based on an expected loss approach, reflecting the anticipated loss
experience to bondholders in the context of the overall debt
restructuring.

OUTLOOK

The outlook is stable, reflecting Moody's expectations that the
company's credit fundamentals will remain challenged over the next
12 to 18 months and commensurate with a Caa2 CFR.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Garfunkelux's CFR could be upgraded if the company's financial
performance shows substantially strong improvement, as evidenced by
consistently positive earnings and improved cash flows, and if its
Debt/EBITDA leverage is reduced substantially.

The senior secured debt ratings could be upgraded because of 1) an
upgrade of Garfunkelux's CFR or 2) changes to the liability
structure that would increase the amount of debt considered junior
to the notes.

Garfunkelux's CFR could be downgraded if its financial performance
materially weakens and the firm's profitability, cash flow and
interest coverage deteriorate.

The senior secured debt ratings could be downgraded due to 1) a
downgrade of Garfunkelux's CFR or 2) changes to the liability
structure that would increase the amount of debt considered senior
to the notes or reduce the amount of debt considered junior to the
notes.

PRINCIPAL METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Finance
Companies published in July 2024.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.


GARFUNKELUX HOLDCO 2: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'CCC+'
------------------------------------------------
S&P Global has raised to 'CCC+' from 'D' its issuer credit rating
on Garfunkelux Holdco 2 S.A. (Lowell) and assigned 'CCC+' issue
rating to the company's new senior secured notes.

S&P said, "The stable outlook indicates that we do not expect
Lowell to need to make significant debt repayments over the next 12
months. Therefore, we anticipate that it will maintain adequate
liquidity and will generate substantial cash flow from its
collections and the sale of assets to service its debt."

Although the recent debt restructuring enabled Lowell to reduce its
debt by almost GBP200 million and extend its debt maturity profile
by roughly three years, its financial leverage is still high.

S&P said, "Over the next three years, we expect Lowell's shrinking
asset base to weigh on its EBITDA, and thus its leverage will
remain very high, despite the planned debt repayments. In our view,
Lowell will depend on favorable economic and market conditions to
refinance the debt due within three years without a new distressed
exchange."

The completed restructuring enabled Lowell to improve its debt
maturity profile and reduce liquidity risks. Lowell has completed
the exchange of its senior secured notes for:

-- EUR1.43 billion (about GBP1.22 billion) of new senior secured
notes issued by Garfunkelux Holdco 3 S.A., split into notes
maturing in November 2028 that pay a fixed rate of 9.5% and notes
maturing in May 2029 that pay a floating rate (based on EURIBOR
plus 7.446%).

-- EUR292 million (about GBP250 million) of new notes due in May
2030 and pay a payment-in-kind (PIK) coupon of 10.48%. These new
notes issued by a new holding company Garfunkelux Holdco 4 S.A. and
are structurally subordinated to the EUR1.43 billion of senior
secured notes issued by Garfunkelux Holdco 3.

-- GBP165 million of cash paid down at par on the day the
transaction takes effect.

As a result of the restructuring, Lowell has not only extended its
debt maturity by roughly three years, but also will have liquidity
of more than GBP200 million, including GBP184 million from the new
money notes (after a GBP30 million repayment to the lenders of the
revolving credit facility [RCF]). S&P views the new money notes as
leverage neutral because the proceeds are to be held in escrow and
could be used to repay the new senior secured notes over next 12
months.

Lowell's leverage remains high after the restructuring. S&P
estimates that the group's net debt was close to GBP2.47 billion,
immediately after the recapitalization. Its S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA ratio remained close to 10.5x. Gross debt,
after the restructuring, includes:

-- EUR1.434 trillion (about GBP1.226 trillion) of new senior
secured notes;

-- GBP342 million of RCF and term loans;

-- EUR250 million (about GBP214 million) of new money notes;

-- EUR292 million (about GBP250 million) of PIK notes issued by
the new holding company;

-- GBP655 million of securitized loans; and

-- GBP74 million of lease liabilities and defined benefit
obligations.

S&P said, "We include the EUR292 million of PIK notes issued by the
new holding company in Lowell's gross debt. This is because we
consider the new holding company, Garfunkelux Holdco 4 S.A., to be
integral to the group's new perimeter, and that repayment of these
notes will ultimately depend on cash flows generated by the
operating company. That said, the new notes are PIK, which
alleviates the pressure on the operating company's liquidity
created by the need to service this debt.

"In calculating Lowell's gross debt, we exclude about GBP107
million of co-investor debt. We also net the gross debt with the
GBP184 million of cash held at escrow (the remaining proceeds of
the new money notes).

"Adjusted leverage remains elevated because Lowell's gross debt is
high and because its adjusted EBITDA is declining. The group
intends to continue to sell assets as part of its balance sheet
velocity programs, and we anticipate that new investments will be
insufficient to maintain a smaller asset base.

"There is a significant difference between Lowell's own reported
leverage and that adjusted by S&P Global Ratings. This is because,
when calculating adjusted EBITDA, we exclude the proceeds received
from asset sales and we add back only 50% of portfolio amortization
to the reported EBITDA.

"Despite lower short-term financial risks, Lowell is highly
dependent on favorable market conditions to reduce its leverage and
refinance its debt over the long term. Despite lower short-term
financial risks, we forecast that adjusted EBITDA to debt will
still be 10x-11x at the end of 2027. We anticipate that further
asset sales will bring in GBP100 million-GBP150 million a year, and
that Lowell will use the proceeds to reduce debt. However, EBITDA
will also decline, because Lowell's expected remaining collections
will also be lower.

"We regard the potential repayment of operating company debt from
the GBP184 million held in escrow for this purpose as leverage
neutral--we already net the group's debt against the money held at
escrow. Therefore, we consider that Lowell's capital structure
after its recapitalization may not be sustainable in the long term
unless there is a substantial improvement in the company's
performance.

"The group will have to repay at least GBP400 million of operating
company debt, in the form of the RCF and senior secured notes, by
May 31, 2028. In our view, refinancing its public debt within three
years without triggering a new distressed exchange represents a
significant challenge for the group. That said, we anticipate that
Lowell will remain a significant market player, with a particularly
strong position in the U.K., even though its asset base will likely
shrink further.

"The stable outlook indicates that we do not expect Lowell will
need to make significant debt repayments over the next 12 months.
Therefore, we anticipate that it will maintain adequate liquidity
and will generate sufficient cash flow from its collections to
service its debt.

"We could lower the rating within the next 12 months if Lowell
faces a significant liquidity constraint; for example, if
collections are much lower than expected and the company's
servicing revenue declines so much that its ability to repay debt
is constrained.

"We consider an upgrade over the next 12 months to be unlikely."


SK INVICTUS II: Moody's Affirms 'B2' CFR, Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed SK Invictus Intermediate II S.a.r.l.'s
(renamed to Perimeter Holdings, LLC and dba Perimeter Solutions,
Inc.) B2 Corporate Family Rating and B2-PD Probability of Default
Rating. Moody's also affirmed the B2 rating on its senior secured
notes due 2029 and the Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating (SGL) is
maintained at SGL-2. The outlook is stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The rating affirmation reflects Perimeter Solutions' strong recent
performance and strengthened financial profile, counterbalanced by
volatile earnings due to unpredictable wildfire seasons and
company's aggressive financial policy prioritizing business
acquisitions and shareholder returns. Perimeter Solutions generated
better than expected results in 2024, with total revenue and
Moody's adjusted EBITDA of $561 million and $261 million, up by
more than 70% and 150% from prior year respectively. Fire Safety
segment contributed majority of the earnings increase driven by
rising wildfire severity and execution of its value creation
strategy across business operations and value-based pricing, while
the Specialty Products segment also recorded solid improvements
with the end of destocking from key customers during the year.
Perimeter Solutions' leverage as measured by Moody's adjusted
debt/EBITDA improved to 2.7x, down sharply from more than 7.0x in
2023.

While the company's financial profile benefited from strong 2024
results, Moody's do not expect the credit metrics will be
maintained at current level because of the volatile nature of
wildfires and company's growth oriented financial policy.
Management expects that changes to its Fire Safety contracts should
reduce earnings volatility going forward. However, given the
variability of sales and earnings in past wildfire seasons, Moody's
needs more time to see the actual impact on credit metrics, which
have been extremely volatile over the past few years. Assuming a
milder wildfire season in North America in 2025, Perimeter
Solutions' adjusted debt/EBITDA could rise to 3.0x-3.5x by Moody's
estimates. At the same time, the credit metrics will be highly
sensitive toward company spendings on business acquisitions and
shareholder returns. Perimeter Solutions is actively looking for
acquisition opportunities. The company just spent a total of $43
million to acquire an unrelated business focusing on printed
circuit boards in Q4 2024 and Q1 2025. It also had about $100
million share buyback capacity remaining at end 2024. Moody's
expects the company's leverage will rise toward 4.0x-5.0x range as
it deploys free cash flows and adds incremental leverage to support
business investments, acquisitions, and shareholder distributions.

Perimeter Solutions' credit profile reflects its strong market
positions in both Fire Safety and Specialty Products segments.
Perimeter Solutions is the main supplier of fire retardants to the
US government and a leading supplier to key state and municipal
fire agencies, as well as Canadian provinces and Australia. In the
Specialty products segment, Perimeter Solutions benefits from an
industry which has a limited number of suppliers and the company's
position as the only supplier with operations in both North America
and Europe. Both segments have high barriers to entry including
extensive qualification requirements and require highly specialized
formulations, which increase customers' switching costs and lead to
long-term customer relationships. Perimeter Solutions also benefits
from strong margins and an asset-light business model that
contributes to its ability to generate substantial free cash flow
during a normalized operating environment.

Perimeter Solutions' credit profile is constrained by its small
size and limited product diversity, with a substantial portion of
earnings attributed to the Fire Safety segment, which is difficult
to predict due to the nature of wildfires. Further tempering
Moody's credit view is the large amount of debt on the balance
sheet relative to the size of the asset base and company revenues.
The credit profile also considers the potential increase in
leverage due to acquisitions and investments, which is a concern
given the volatility of the Fire Safety business. Moody's believes
that expansion into new and unrelated business lines presents
elevated business risk unless done at a slow pace relative to free
cash flow generation.

Perimeter Solutions has a good liquidity profile (SGL-2) with cash
on the balance sheet of roughly $200 million at March 31, 2025,
expectations for positive free cash flow generation, and an unrated
$100 million revolving credit facility, with no outstanding
borrowings as of March 31, 2025. The credit agreement for the
revolving credit facility contains a springing first lien net
leverage ratio covenant that is triggered if revolver borrowings
exceed 35% of utilization. Moody's don't expect that the covenant
will be triggered over the next 12 months.

The debt capital is comprised of an unrated $100 million first lien
senior secured revolving credit facility and $675 million 5% senior
secured notes due 2029. The B2 rating on the senior secured notes,
in line with the B2 CFR, reflects a first lien position on
substantially all assets with no loss absorption from junior debt
in the capital structure.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations that Perimeter
Solutions' financial leverage will rise but remain appropriate for
its ratings as the company utilizes free cash flows and leverage
capacity to pursue business growth and shareholder distributions
over the next 12-18 months.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Moody's could upgrade the ratings if the company continues to
increase business scale and diversity, reduces earnings volatility,
and refrains from any large debt-funded acquisitions or shareholder
distributions. Credit metrics that may support upgrade include
annual EBITDA above $150 million and adjusted leverage below 4.5x
in weak wildfire season, and free cash flow-to-debt sustained above
10%.

Moody's would likely consider a downgrade if there are some large
debt-financed acquisitions or shareholders distributions that lead
to material deterioration of financial profile. Credit metrics
indicative of downward pressure include adjusted leverage is
sustained above 5.5x, free cash flow remains negative for an
extended period, or available liquidity falls below $60 million.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Environmental, social, and governance factors are important factors
influencing Perimeter Solutions' credit quality, but not driver of
the actions. Perimeter Solutions' Credit Impact Score of (CIS-4)
indicates that the rating is lower than it would have been if ESG
risk exposures did not exist. The company's CIS reflects its
governance risks, which includes a financial strategy that has
maintained a significant amount of debt in the capital structure
and a capital allocation plan focused on M&A and share repurchases.
It also reflects its environmental risk exposure with its
dependence on and potential impacts on water and natural capital in
its production process and services.

Perimeter Solutions, Inc. is a specialty chemical producer
operating in two segments: Fire Safety and Specialty Products. The
Fire Safety business involves formulating and manufacturing fire
safety chemicals, including Phos-Chek(R) fire retardants, Class A
and B foams, and water enhancing gels for wildland, military,
industrial, and municipal fires. The Specialty Products business
includes the production of phosphorus pentasulfide mainly used in
lubricant additives as well as the newly acquired PCB production
and services. Perimeter Solutions had revenue of $561 million in
2024.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Chemicals
published in October 2023.

Perimeter Solutions' B2 rating is two notches below the
scorecard-indicated outcome based on its financials at the end
2024. The difference reflects the unusually strong earnings in 2024
and Moody's expectations that the company's credit metrics will
moderate from this level due to volatilities of wildfire season and
debt-funded spendings on business acquisitions.




=====================
N E T H E R L A N D S
=====================

SIGMA HOLDCO: Fitch Rates EUR400MM Sub. Notes 'CCC+(EXP)'
---------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned Sigma Holdco BV's planned EUR400 million
5.75-year senior subordinated notes an expected 'CCC+(EXP)' rating
with a Recovery Rating of 'RR6'. The final rating is subject to the
transaction completion and final documentation conforming to
information already received.

The senior notes, to be issued by the parent of the Flora group,
will be structurally and contractually subordinated to the group's
senior secured indebtedness. The notes' security package mirrors
that of the current unsecured notes, mainly consisting of the
shares in Flora Food Group B.V. held by Sigma Holdco. The proceeds
of the notes will be used for general corporate purposes, including
refinancing EUR300 million equivalent senior subordinated notes due
in 2026.

The rating applies only to the specific instrument. Sigma Holdco's
IDR and its debt ratings, alongside the rated debt at Flora Food
Management BV and Flora Food Management US Corp, are unaffected by
this action.

Key Rating Drivers

See Rating Action Commentary (RAC) dated 6 June 2025: 'Fitch
Affirms Flora Food Group at 'B'; Outlook Stable'.

Peer Analysis

Key Assumptions

Recovery Analysis

The recovery analysis assumed that Flora Food Group would remain a
going concern in restructuring and that it would be reorganised
rather than liquidated in bankruptcy. Fitch assumed a 10%
administrative claim in the recovery analysis.

Fitch estimated a sustainable, post-reorganisation EBITDA of EUR560
million, on which Fitch bases the enterprise value.

Fitch also assumed a distressed multiple of 6.0x, reflecting Flora
Food Group's large size, leading market position and high inherent
profitability compared with sector peers'. Fitch assumed its EUR700
million revolving credit facility would be fully drawn in a
restructuring.

Its waterfall analysis generated a ranked recovery for the planned
subordinated notes creditors in the 'RR6' band, indicating a
'CCC+(EXP)' debt rating, two notches below the IDR based on current
metrics and assumptions.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Liquidity and Debt Structure

Issuer Profile

Flora Food Group is the world's largest multi-category plant-based
food producer, including spreads and butter operating in more than
100 countries.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Macro and Sector
Forecasts data file which aggregates key data points used in its
credit analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

Flora Foods Group has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Exposure to
Social Impacts due to a deterioration in its revenue performance
from consumer concerns in some markets about the healthiness of its
products, which has a negative impact on the credit profile, and is
relevant to the ratings in conjunction with other factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt           Rating                    Recovery   
   -----------           ------                    --------   
Sigma Holdco BV

   Subordinated      LT CCC+(EXP)  Expected Rating   RR6


SIGMA HOLDCO: Moody's Rates New Secured Notes Due 2031 'Caa1'
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has assigned Caa1 rating to the proposed new senior
secured notes due 2031 to be issued by Sigma Holdco BV (the
company), the parent company of Flora Food Management B.V.
(previously known as Upfield B.V.), a global manufacturer of plant
butters and spreads, plant creams, liquids, and plant cheeses.

Sigma Holdco BV's B2 long-term corporate family rating (CFR) and
the B2-PD probability of default rating (PDR), together with the B2
backed senior secured ratings at its subsidiary Flora Food
Management B.V. are unaffected. The outlook on both entities is
also unaffected and is stable.

The rating action reflects Sigma Holdco's planned issuance of
EUR400 million backed senior secured global notes, the proceeds of
which will be principally used to refinance the remaining
outstanding of its backed senior unsecured notes of EUR301 million
equivalent issued by Sigma Holdco BV and for general corporate
purposes.

"The Caa1 rating on the new proposed backed senior secured global
notes reflects the contractual and structural subordination of the
notes to the term loans, the RCF and the senior secured notes
sitting at Flora Food Management B.V." said Paolo Leschiutta, a
Moody's Ratings Senior Vice President and lead analyst for Sigma
Holdco BV.

RATINGS RATIONALE    

The company's CFR of B2 reflects its good operating performance
since 2023, despite challenging macroeconomic conditions and the
significant pass-through of high raw material costs to customers in
the first half of 2023, which resulted in only modest volume
attrition. Up to March 2025, the company has demonstrated a good
ability to retain most of the price increases and to contain volume
attrition. Although revenues in 2024 and early 2025 were slightly
down, largely due to higher promotion activity and some volume
pressure, the company reported EBITDA remain steady thanks to lower
commodity prices, the achievement of some value creation savings,
and lower one-off costs.

Stronger earnings are resulting in improved cash generation, which,
however, is offset by higher interest costs since the company's
refinancing over the last two years. Moody's notes that the
company's financial leverage and interest cover remain weak for the
rating, although these are partially compensated by the strong
business profile. In this contest the planned senior bond issue
will further extend the debt maturities of the company, with no
debt due before 2028, and result in lower cost of debt which should
result in better interest cover and cash generation.

The company's Moody's-adjusted financial leverage was 7.2x as of
March 2025, and its EBITA interest cover at 1.2x, which remain weak
for the rating category. Moody's expects some, albeit marginal,
improvements in both ratios during 2025 driven by ongoing good
performance and free cash flow generation, which should allow for
some leverage reduction.

The rating remains supported by the company's strong business
profile, highlighted by its significant scale, strong portfolio of
brands, leading global market positions with extensive geographical
diversification, and good growth potential offered by product
innovation and expansion into adjacent plant-food categories like
cheese. The rating is also supported by the company's positive free
cash flow generation. Moody's also notes the progress the company
has made in recent years in rejuvenating its product offering from
traditional plant spreads to plant creams and plant cheeses,
focusing on innovation and on products that are experiencing rapid
growth in key markets like the US and the UK.

LIQUIDITY

The company's liquidity is good, with cash on balance sheet of
EUR218 million as of March 2025, full availability under its EUR700
million RCF as of March, as utilization under the facility were
repaid in 2024, and Moody's expectations of positive FCF. The
company maintains a comfortable covenant capacity, with net senior
secured leverage at 5.9x as of March 2025, against a maximum level
of 8.5x. With the proposed transaction the company has completed
the refinancing of its backed senior unsecured notes that were due
in May 2026. Following the repayment of this, the bulk of the
company's capital will be due in 2028 and part in 2029, EUR1.12
billion of senior secured notes.

STRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS

The B2-PD probability of default rating, in line with the B2 CFR,
reflects a 50% corporate family recovery assumption applicable for
mixed bank/bond debt structures.

The B2 ratings of the backed senior secured term loans, the backed
senior secured RCF and the backed senior secured notes reflect the
first-lien nature of these facilities with no structural
subordination because of the guarantee structure and the fact that
these instruments represent most of the debt of the group. However,
the security package only covers significant assets in the UK and
the US, and share pledges, intercompany receivables and some bank
accounts in other jurisdictions.

The Caa1 rating on the new proposed backed senior secured global
notes reflects the contractual and structural subordination of the
notes to the term loans, the RCF and the senior secured notes
sitting at Flora Food Management B.V.

RATIONALE FOR STABLE OUTLOOK

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations that the company
will sustain its good operating performance and free cash flow
generation which will allow for modest debt reduction, such that
its Moody's-adjusted debt/EBITDA will decline below 7x over the
next 12-18 months and its Moody's-adjusted EBITA interest coverage
ratio improves towards 1.5x. The stable outlook also assumes that
the company will successfully address its upcoming debt maturities
with the proposed transaction.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

Moody's could upgrade the rating if the company demonstrates solid
top-line growth with improving profitability, leading to
significant positive FCF generation and a reduction in leverage
(Moody's-adjusted gross debt/EBITDA) towards 6.5x, both on a
sustained basis. Before an upgrade, the company will need to reach
and maintain a Moody's-adjusted EBITA interest cover above 2.0x.

Moody's could downgrade the rating if the company fails to maintain
the current level of earnings, leading to negative FCF over the
next 12-18 months, which would weaken liquidity, as illustrated by
reduced availability under its revolving credit facility (RCF) or a
significant deterioration in covenant capacity. Quantitatively,
Moody's can downgrade the rating if the company's leverage, on a
Moody's-adjusted gross debt/EBITDA basis, remains above 7.5x; its
Moody's-adjusted EBITA interest coverage ratio remains below 1.5x;
or it fails to address its maturities in a timely manner.

PRINCIPAL METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in this rating was Consumer Packaged
Goods published in June 2022.

The company's CFR of B2 is two notches below the
scorecard-indicated outcome of Ba3, based on LTM ratios as of March
2025. The differential between the scorecard and the actual rating
overweighs the high leverage, the weak interest coverage and the
company's need to demonstrate a sustained recovery in profitability
and cash generation.

COMPANY PROFILE

Flora Food Management B.V, formerly known as Upfield B.V., is
global leader in plant-based foods, operating in four categories of
plant butters and spreads, plant creams, liquids and plant cheeses,
with most of its revenue coming from the sale of plant spreads. In
2024, the company reported revenue of EUR3.1 billion and
company-normalised EBITDA of EUR861 million. During the twelve
months to March 2025, the company reported EUR3.1 billion of
revenues and normalised EBITDA of EUR844 million. The company
operates largely in retail (89% of revenue) and partially in food
service. Flora Food is geographically diversified across both
developed and emerging markets, with no significant concentration
in any one market. Its largest markets are the US, Germany, the UK
and the Netherlands. Flora Food is controlled by funds managed and
advised by Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. Inc. (KKR).


SIGMA HOLDCO: S&P Rates New EUR400MM Senior Unsecured Bonds 'CCC+'
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'CCC+' issue rating to the EUR400
million proposed senior unsecured bonds to be issued by Sigma
Holdco B.V. (B/Stable), the ultimate parent of Flora Food Group, a
global producer of plant-based spreads, butter, cheese, and creams.
S&P's recovery rating on the new subordinated debt is '6', with
indicative recovery prospects of 0%, reflecting the subordinated
nature of the notes.

The new debt will rank pari-passu with the existing senior
unsecured notes (rated 'CCC+'), which will be repaid in full with
the proceeds from the new bonds in the amount of approximately
EUR300 million. The remaining amount will sit as cash on the
balance sheet for general corporate purposes.

S&P said, "We estimate that the transaction will be roughly neutral
to Flora Food's credit metrics, given the relatively small size and
the expected use of proceeds. Under our base case, we continue to
see the group gradually deleveraging, with S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA around 7.0x in 2025 and 6.5x in
2026, and healthy generation of free operating cash flow."




===========
P O L A N D
===========

DL INVEST: S&P Assigns Preliminary 'B+' LT ICR, Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its preliminary 'B+' long-term issuer
credit rating to Poland-based DL Invest Group PM S.A. (DL Invest)
and its preliminary 'B+' rating to its proposed senior unsecured
bond. The recovery rating is '3' (75%).

The stable outlook reflects S&P's view that the group's EBITDA and
cash flow generation will significantly increase over the next 12
months, mainly thanks to the full-year rental contribution from
recent asset acquisitions and solid demand for its assets.

DL Invest owns and operates a relatively small property portfolio
of about EUR861 million (Polish zloty [PLN] 3.7 billion, as of Dec.
31, 2024), and intends to increase this to about EUR1.4
billion-EUR1.5 billion by year-end 2026 (about EUR1.0 billion as of
June 2025) through asset acquisitions and project developments.

The company's portfolio mainly comprises high-quality logistic
assets (85% of property portfolio value as of Dec. 31, 2024), with
the remainder spread across mixed-use (10%) and retail assets (5%),
all in the Polish market.

DL Invest's business risk assessment is constrained by its
relatively small portfolio and limited geographic diversity
(concentrated in Poland). The company owns and manages 40 assets
(19 logistics assets, eight mixed-use assets, and 13 retail
assets), valued at about EUR861 million (PLN3.7 billion), with
896,000 square meters of gross leasable area (GLA) as of Dec. 31,
2024. Its growth strategy mainly includes project developments and
planned sizable acquisitions totaling about EUR350 million-EUR400
million over the next 12-18 months. S&P therefore expects DL
Invest's portfolio to expand to close to EUR1.4 billion-EUR1.5
billion by year-end 2026, (about EUR1.0 billion as of June 2025).

DL Invest is geographically concentrated solely in Poland and a
significant portion of this exposure is in south Poland. The top 10
tenants contribute about 52% of the total annual rental income as
of Dec. 31, 2024, and its largest tenant, Inditex, accounts for
roughly 20% of rental income across multiple leases, followed by
Stokrotka (4.1%) and InPost (3.0%). Overall, the company serves
nearly 400 tenants, primarily multinational companies operating
across various industries and exporting beyond Central and Eastern
Europe. The portfolio also exhibits some segment diversity, and S&P
views positively DL Invest's exposure to the industrial and
logistics sectors, which benefit from sustained demand for
warehousing and distribution space.

DL Invest's portfolio benefits from its high-quality assets, solid
operating performance, and long weighted-average lease maturity.
Most of the properties are green certified and newly built, with
85% of the buildings developed within the past five years and 15%
built between the past six and 10 years. They are mainly located in
key logistics corridors and city centers. The company has
demonstrated a strong occupancy rate of 98% in its logistics
segment over the past year, surpassing some rated logistics real
estate companies and the Polish market's average vacancy rate of
about 7.0%-9.0%. Additionally, its cash collection rate has aligned
with the industry of about 99% of invoiced revenue. S&P understands
the rent for the company's assets aligns with market averages. For
logistics assets, the average rent is about EUR4.9 per square meter
(sqm) per month, which is consistent with the Katowice market
average of approximately EUR4-EUR5 sqm per month. In the mixed-use
and retail segment, the average rent is EUR12, falling within the
market range of EUR8-EUR15. The average lease maturity of about 5.5
years (6.7 years logistics, 3.5 years mixed use, and 3.9 years
retail) is also in line with peers such as CTP N.V. (6.4 years,
BBB-/Stable/--).

DL Invest has moderate exposure to development activities and
capital expenditure (capex) needs of approximately 13%-15% of its
total portfolio annually, mostly related to the development or
extension of assets over the next two years. S&P said, "However, we
understand that the company policy is to pre-lease at least 70% of
its development projects before the start of construction and
reaching close to 100% space leased before delivery, which limits
leasing risks at project deliveries. We understand that the level
of pre-leasing as of the first quarter of 2025, before the start of
the development project, was 100%."

S&P said, "Our rating on DL Invest is constrained by its relatively
high leverage, mainly driven by the proposed bond issuance,
supporting its growth ambitions. The company's financial policy
targets a maximum net LTV of 50% (temporarily reaching 55% during
acquisitions), which translates into S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
debt to debt plus equity of about 60%-61%, as per our 2024
calculations. However, we understand that the company will likely
exceed this ratio over the next 12-18 months following its capex
and acquisition pipeline. We have incorporated Emira's minority
equity investment (issued at DL Invest Group S.A. Luxembourg) as
debt in our analysis despite International Financial Reporting
Standards treatment as 100% and we understand that the Emira equity
investment issued two levels above the current bond issuer level.
This investment was made in the form of preference shares and
linked loan notes, with close to EUR100 million invested at a 7.2%
annual dividend. Notably, the instrument has no maturity, and DL
Group views Emira as a long-term strategic partner. However, the
documentation indicates that Emira could exercise a redemption
option after five (with an option to extend for additional one
year) years for EUR175 million. For our adjusted numbers, we have
included this equity investment as debt and the related dividend as
interest. We understand that the Emira investment is fully
subordinated to current and proposed outstanding debt issued at the
DL Invest level and does not require mandatory payments.

"We forecast debt to debt plus equity to increase to about 65%-66%
(70% including the Emira stake at the consolidated group level)
from 56.1% and the debt-to-EBITDA ratio improve to 13x-14x (14x-15x
including the group level) from 14.9x as of Dec. 31, 2024. We
anticipate that the company will finance its growth plans through a
mix of debt and cash flow generation and that the portfolio will
benefit from some positive asset revaluations. We also expect DL
Invest's interest coverage to improve to about 1.4x-1.5x from 1.2x
as of Dec. 31, 2024 (1.3x-1.4x, including the group level) in the
next 12-18 months, thanks to the EBITDA contribution in 2025-2026
from recent acquisitions and development deliveries.

"We understand that the proposed EUR350 million senior unsecured
bond would be used for about EUR230 million of short-term debt
repayments and about EUR120 million for asset acquisitions and
capex. We anticipate that pro forma a successful bond issuance, the
company's average debt maturity will be around 4.6 years (up from
below 3.0 years as of Dec. 31, 2024). We also anticipate the
company will improve its hedging or fixed-rate debt exposure to 80%
post bond issuance from 61% currently. The company's EBITDA and
absolute cash flow base would remain relatively small as we
forecast it to reach about EUR43 million-EUR45 million by end of
2025, allowing limited absorption of any unforeseen events.

"Our rating assessment incorporates a one-notch uplift, reflecting
the company's expanding size in the short term, and solid market
position in Poland. Our positive comparable rating analysis
modifier leads us to apply a one-notch uplift to our 'b' anchor
(the starting point in assigning an issuer credit rating) which
derive the outcome of the 'B+' rating. This mainly reflects the
company's business risk profile, which we view as better than other
peers with a comparable rating assessment. Although our business
risk profile assessment remains constrained by the relatively small
portfolio size and high geographic concentration risk, we still
believe DL Invest compares more favorably with peers positioned in
the same business risk profile or 'b' category. We view positively
the company's moderate segment diversity, and our expectations that
the overall portfolio will expand to EUR1.4 billion-EUR1.5 billion
over the next 12-18 months.

"We view DL Invest as a core subsidiary of DL Group, and integral
to its strategy, and we therefore link DL Invest to the group's
creditworthiness. Given DL Group's 100% ownership and full
consolidation of DL Invest's financial accounts, we believe DL
Group is unlikely to sell the company. DL Group's flexible dividend
policy, which envisions no dividend from DL Invest during its
growth plan, further supports our view that the group will provide
support to DL Invest under foreseeable circumstances. We also note
that DL Invest's decision-making process is heavily influenced by
DL Group, with all decisions jointly approved by the management and
shared board. Since our view of DL Group's credit quality is
broadly similar, we see no rating differential between the two
entities.

"The final ratings will depend on our receipt and satisfactory
review of all final transaction documentation of the proposed
senior unsecured notes. Accordingly, the preliminary ratings should
not be construed as evidence of a final rating. If S&P Global
Ratings does not receive final documentation within a reasonable
timeframe, or if final documentation departs from materials
reviewed, we reserve the right to withdraw or revise our ratings.
Potential changes include but are not limited to: The utilization
of bond proceeds; maturity, size, and conditions of the bonds;
financial and other covenants; and security and ranking of the
bonds.

"The stable outlook reflecting our view that the group's EBITDA and
cash flow generation will significantly increase over the next 12
months, mainly thanks to full-year rental contribution from recent
asset acquisitions and solid demand for its assets, resulting in
S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA interest coverage of 1.3x-1.5x,
debt to EBITDA at about 13x-15x, and debt to debt plus equity of
close to 65% (70% including the stake held by Emira Property Fund
Ltd. at the parent level as debt)."

S&P could lower the ratings if:

-- DL Invest fails to maintain an S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
ratio of debt to debt plus equity of close to 65% (or close to 70%
including our adjustment of the Emira stake as debt);

-- Debt to EBITDA deviates materially from S&P's base case; or

-- EBITDA interest coverage decreases to well below 1.3x.

This could happen if the company's operations were to
deteriorate--for example, as a result of higher vacancy or delays
to the delivery of its development assets--significantly affecting
its rental income and cash flow. S&P may also lower the rating if
DL Invest's liquidity deteriorates, or covenant headroom tightens.

S&P would raise the ratings if DL Invest's:

-- Debt to debt plus equity decreases to below 65% (well below 70%
including the Emira stake as debt);

-- EBITDA interest coverage stays above 1.3x;

-- Debt to EBITDA decreases below 13x; and

-- Liquidity remains adequate, with sufficient headroom under its
financial covenants.

S&P could also raise its rating on DL Invest if its size and scale
expands beyond its current base case, in line with higher rated
peers.




===========
R U S S I A
===========

AGROBANK: Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDRs to 'BB', Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded Joint-Stock Commercial Bank Agrobank's
(Agro) Long-Term (LT) Foreign- and Local-Currency Issuer Default
Ratings (IDRs) to 'BB' from 'BB-', and Government Support Rating
(GSR) to 'bb' from 'bb-'. The Outlooks are Stable. Fitch has
affirmed the bank's Viability Rating (VR) at 'b-'.

The upgrade of the bank's LT IDRs follows the upgrade of the
sovereign ratings of the Republic of Uzbekistan on 26 June 2025
(see "Fitch Upgrades Uzbekistan to 'BB'; Outlook Stable") and
reflects its view of the Uzbek authorities' improved ability to
support Agro.

Key Rating Drivers

Agro's LT IDRs are equalised with Uzbekistan's, reflecting Fitch's
view of a moderate probability of government support, as captured
by the bank's 'bb' GSR. The Stable Outlooks on the ratings reflect
those on the sovereign. The bank's 'b-' VR reflects its exposure to
the local operating environment, material asset-quality risks, weak
profitability and limited liquidity.

Policy Role: The Uzbek authorities have a high propensity to
support Agro, in Fitch's view, given the bank's strategic state
ownership, its status as the government's agent bank for
state-subsidised lending to the agricultural sector, the low cost
of potential support relative to the sovereign's international
reserves, and the state's support record.

Improving Operating Environment: The operating environment for
Uzbek banks has materially strengthened over the past two to three
years, and Fitch expects further improvements, particularly in
addressing structural risks and enhancing the quality of regulation
and governance. This, alongside a robust economy, should support
business growth and translate into stronger earnings and capital
generation, making banks' credit profiles more resilient.
Therefore, Fitch has revised the outlook on the operating
environment score to positive from stable.

Top-Three Bank: Agrobank is the third-largest bank in Uzbekistan,
accounting for 11% of sector assets and 12% of sector loans at
end-1Q25. It has also actively developed a commercial corporate and
SME franchise in recent years alongside its policy role.

High-Risk Policy Lending: Underwriting standards at the bank are
largely determined by the government, with subsidised lending,
which Fitch views as higher risk, accounting for around 46% of
gross loans at end-1Q25 by local GAAP. FX-adjusted loan growth was
14% on average over 2023-2024, which was broadly in line with that
of the sector (13%). Additional risk stems from its considerable
foreign-currency lending (29% of gross loans at end-1Q25), although
its exposure is below the sector average (42%).

Material Asset-Quality Risks: Impaired loans accounted for 6% of
gross loans at end-2024, slightly up from 5% at end-2023, and were
only 0.5x covered by total reserves. The Stage 2 loans ratio was a
high 19% at end-2024, although down from 21% at end-2023. Fitch
expects the impaired loans ratio to continue gradually increasing
in 2025 and 2026 on loan seasoning, but to remain below 10% in its
base case.

Sizeable Loan Impairment Charges: Agro's net interest margin
remained broadly stable at 7% in 2024 due to a slightly higher
share of retail lending with higher yield. However, moderate
pre-impairment profit (2024: 3.4% of average gross loans) was
almost fully consumed by loan impairment charges (LICs; 3.1%).
Fitch expects LICs will continue to weigh on the bank's
performance, resulting in weak operating profit at around 0.5% of
risk-weighted assets in 2025-2026 (2024: 0.2%).

Regular State Capital Injections: Agro has received around UZS7.5
trillion in capital from the state since 2020 (including UZS1.7
trillion in 2024-1Q25) to finance its subsidised lending growth and
maintain acceptable capitalisation. The regulatory Tier 1
(end-1Q25: 14.7%) and total capital (15.7%) ratios were adequately
above the statutory minimums. Fitch Core Capital ratio decreased to
15% at end-2024 (end-2023: 16.3%) due to growth pressures, and
Fitch expects it to decline further to below 14% in 2026, in the
absence of large capital injections.

Large State Funding, Limited Liquidity: State-related funding made
up 38% of Agro's total liabilities at end-1Q25 (local GAAP),
complemented by wholesale debt (42%; mainly long-term credit lines
from international financial institutions and foreign banks) and
non-state deposits (18%). Liquid assets were a limited 9% of total
assets at end-1Q25, covering around 61% of non-state deposits.

Rating Sensitivities

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

Agro's GSR and IDRs would be downgraded if Uzbekistan's sovereign
IDRs were downgraded. Fitch could also downgrade the bank's IDRs
and notch them off the sovereign ratings if it views that the
government's propensity to support the bank has reduced, for
example, due to a weakening of the bank's policy role or delays in
capital support.

The VR could be downgraded on a material deterioration in asset
quality resulting in large credit losses, and triggering a breach
of minimum statutory capital requirements, if not promptly offset
by new equity injections from the state.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

Agro's GSR and IDRs would be upgraded if the sovereign ratings were
upgraded, provided the sovereign's propensity to support the bank
remains strong.

An upgrade of the VR would require a sustained record of improved
asset quality and profitability, alongside stable capitalisation. A
strengthening of the operating environment for domestic banks would
also be positive for the rating, along with other factors.

OTHER DEBT AND ISSUER RATINGS: KEY RATING DRIVERS

Agro's ex-government support (xgs) ratings exclude assumptions of
extraordinary government support. The LT Foreign- and
Local-Currency IDRs (xgs) of 'B-(xgs)' are equalised with the
bank's VR. The Short-Term (ST) Foreign- and Local-Currency IDRs
(xgs) of 'B(xgs)' are mapped to the bank's LT Foreign- and
Local-Currency IDRs (xgs), respectively.

Agro's senior unsecured debt ratings are aligned with the bank's
Long-Term IDRs and Long-Term IDRs (xgs), respectively.

OTHER DEBT AND ISSUER RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

Any action on the xgs ratings will mirror changes to Agro's VR.

The debt ratings are sensitive to changes to Agro's LT IDRs and
Long-Term IDRs (xgs), respectively.

The ST IDRs (xgs) are sensitive to changes to the LT IDRs (xgs).

Public Ratings with Credit Linkage to other ratings

Agro's IDRs are linked to Uzbekistan's IDRs.

ESG Considerations

Agro has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Governance Structure as
the state of Uzbekistan is highly involved in the banks at board
level and in the business. The factor has a negative impact on the
bank's credit profile and is relevant for the ratings in
conjunction with other factors.

The bank's ESG Relevance Score for Financial Transparency has been
revised to '3' from '4' given Fitch's view of improved timeliness
of financial disclosures. As a result of revision, this factor is
now considered to have a minimal credit impact on the entity.

In addition, the bank has an ESG Relevance Score of '3' for
Exposure to Environmental Impacts and Exposure to Social Impacts (a
deviation from the sector guidance of '2' for comparable banks),
given its focus on subsidised lending to the agricultural sector.
This has only a minimal credit impact on the entity and minimal
relevance for the ratings.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                   Rating                   Prior
   -----------                   ------                   -----
Joint-Stock
Commercial Bank
Agrobank          LT IDR           BB      Upgrade         BB-
                  ST IDR           B       Affirmed        B
                  LC LT IDR        BB      Upgrade         BB-
                  LC ST IDR        B       Affirmed        B
                  Viability        b-      Affirmed        b-
                  Gov't. Support   bb      Upgrade         bb-
                  LT IDR (xgs)     B-(xgs) New Rating
                  ST IDR (xgs)     B(xgs)  New Rating
                  LC LT IDR (xgs)  B-(xgs) New Rating
                  LC ST IDR (xgs)  B(xgs)  New Rating

   senior
   unsecured      LT               BB      Upgrade         BB-

   senior
   unsecured      LT (xgs)         B-(xgs) New Rating



ALOQABANK: Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDRs to 'BB', Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded Joint-Stock Commercial Aloqabank's
Long-Term (LT) Foreign- and Local-Currency Issuer Default Ratings
(IDRs) to 'BB' from 'BB-' and Government Support Rating (GSR) to
'bb' from 'bb-'. The Outlooks are Stable. Fitch has also affirmed
the bank's Viability Rating (VR) at 'b'.

The upgrade of the bank's Long-Term IDRs follows a similar action
on the sovereign rating of the Republic of Uzbekistan on June 26,
2025 and reflects its view of the Uzbek authorities' improved
ability to support Aloqa.

Key Rating Drivers

Aloqa's LT IDRs are equalised with Uzbekistan's sovereign IDRs,
reflecting Fitch's view of a moderate probability of government
support, as captured by the bank's 'bb' GSR. The bank's 'b' VR
primarily reflects its limited franchise in the concentrated Uzbek
banking sector, sizeable asset-quality risks, weak profitability
and moderate capitalisation.

Support Considerations: Its view on state support reflects Aloqa's
majority state ownership, a solid record of capital and funding
support from the state, and its new policy role as the government's
agent bank for subsidised development lending to young
entrepreneurs. Fitch also considers a low cost of potential support
relative to the sovereign's international reserves.

Improving Operating Environment: The operating environment for
Uzbek banks has materially strengthened over the past two to three
years, and Fitch expects further improvements, particularly in
addressing structural risks and enhancing the quality of regulation
and governance. This, alongside a robust economy, should support
business growth and translate into stronger earnings and capital
generation, making banks' credit profiles more resilient.
Therefore, Fitch has revised the outlook on the operating
environment score to positive from stable.

Small State Bank, Corporate Focus: Aloqa was 11th among 36 banks in
Uzbekistan at end-1Q25, accounting for 3% of sector assets and
loans, and 5% of deposits. The bank mostly targets corporate
lending, although it has recently taken steps to diversify into SME
and retail lending.

Concentrated Loan Book, Above-Sector Growth: The bank's corporate
focus results in high single-name concentrations, with the top 20
borrowers representing 1.3x of Fitch Core Capital (FCC) at
end-2024. Credit risk also stems from recent rapid lending growth,
with gross loans up by 26% in 2024, double the sector's average.

Rising Asset Quality Risks: The bank's impaired (Stage 3) loans
ratio increased to 7.5% at end-2024 (end-2023: 6.1%) on loan
seasoning, with the most notable deterioration in higher-risk car
lending. Problem loans were only 0.4x reserved at end-2024,
reflecting the bank's reliance on hard collateral. Further
migrations from Stage 2 (end-2024: 12%) to Stage 3 loans are
likely, and Fitch forecasts the impaired loans will reach 10% of
gross loans in 2025-2026.

Weak Operating Performance: Aloqa's net profit in 2024 was
primarily driven by one-off gains, while it reported operating
profit of -0.5% of risk-weighted assets (RWAs), down from 1.4% in
2023. The fall was driven by tighter margins, low operating
efficiency and a higher cost of risk. Fitch expects these issues to
persist into 2025-2026, and forecast operating profitability to be
marginally above zero.

Moderate Capitalisation, New Capital Injections: The bank's FCC
ratio equalled 13% at end-2024, down by 100bp from end-2023 on
rapid RWA growth. Aloqa relies on state capital contributions to
support its capital ratios due to weak internal capital generation.
Fitch expects the FCC ratio to remain below 15% by end-2026,
despite likely further material capital support to facilitate new
policy lending.

Mostly Deposit Funding, Adequate Liquidity: Aloqa is primarily
funded by customer accounts (67% of total non-equity funding at
end-2024). Its largest customers are mostly state-related entities,
mitigating risks from high deposit concentration. The share of
wholesale debt is limited (about 30% at end-2024). The bank's
liquid assets (21% of total assets at end-2024) covered 0.4x of
customer deposits.

Rating Sensitivities

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

Aloqa's IDRs and GSR would be downgraded if Uzbekistan's sovereign
IDRs were downgraded. Fitch could also downgrade the bank's IDRs
and GSR and notch them off the sovereign ratings if it believes
that the government's propensity to support the bank has reduced,
for example due to delays in capital support, or a weakening of the
policy role.

The VR could be downgraded if the bank's FCC ratio drops below 12%,
for example due to a sharp deterioration in asset quality resulting
in loss-making performance on a sustained basis, or due to higher
lending growth, unless it is offset by timely and sufficient state
capital support.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

The IDRs and GSR would be upgraded if Uzbekistan's sovereign IDRs
were upgraded, provided the sovereign's propensity to support the
bank remains strong.

An upgrade of the VR would require material improvements in the
bank's risk profile and asset quality, driving substantially
stronger profitability and capitalisation. A strengthening of the
operating environment for domestic banks would also be positive for
the rating, alongside the above-mentioned factors.

OTHER DEBT AND ISSUER RATINGS: KEY RATING DRIVERS

Aloqa's ex-government support (xgs) ratings exclude assumptions of
extraordinary government support. The LT Foreign- and
Local-Currency IDRs (xgs) of 'B(xgs)' are equalised with the bank's
VR. The Short-Term (ST) Foreign- and Local-Currency IDRs (xgs) of
'B(xgs)' are mapped to the bank's LT Foreign- and Local-Currency
IDRs (xgs), respectively.

OTHER DEBT AND ISSUER RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

The bank's LT IDRs (xgs) are sensitive to changes in its VR. The ST
IDRs (xgs) are sensitive to changes in Aloqa's Long-Term IDRs
(xgs).

Public Ratings with Credit Linkage to other ratings

Aloqa's LT IDRs are directly linked to Uzbekistan's IDRs.

ESG Considerations

Aloqa has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Governance Structure as
the state of Uzbekistan is highly involved in the banks at board
level and in the business. This factor has a negative impact on the
bank's credit profile and is relevant to the ratings in conjunction
with other factors.

Aloqa's ESG Relevance Score for Financial Transparency has been
revised to '3' from '4' given Fitch's view of improved quality and
timeliness of the bank's financial reporting. This means the factor
now has minimal credit impact on the entity.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                     Rating          Prior
   -----------                     ------          -----
Joint-Stock
Commercial
Aloqabank        LT IDR             BB  Upgrade    BB-
                 ST IDR             B   Affirmed   B
                 LC LT IDR          BB  Upgrade    BB-
                 LC ST IDR          B   Affirmed   B
                 Viability          b   Affirmed   b
                 Government Support bb  Upgrade    bb-
                 LT IDR (xgs)    B(xgs) Affirmed   B(xgs)
                 ST IDR (xgs)    B(xgs) Affirmed   B(xgs)
                 LC LT IDR (xgs) B(xgs) Affirmed   B(xgs)
                 LC ST IDR (xgs) B(xgs) Affirmed   B(xgs)


BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT: Fitch Hikes IDRs to 'BB', Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded Uzbekistan-based Joint-Stock Commercial
Bank Business Development Bank's (BDB) Long-Term (LT) Foreign- and
Local-Currency Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs) and Government Support
Rating (GSR) to 'bb' from 'bb-'. The Outlooks are Stable. Fitch has
also affirmed the bank's Viability Rating (VR) at 'ccc+'.

The rating action on the bank's LT IDRs follows the upgrade of
Uzbekistan's sovereign ratings on 26 June 2025 (see "Fitch Upgrades
Uzbekistan to 'BB'; Outlook Stable"), and reflects its view of the
Uzbek authorities' improved ability to support BDB.

Key Rating Drivers

BDB's LT IDRs are equalised with Uzbekistan's to reflect a moderate
probability of government support, as captured by the bank's 'bb'
GSR. Its 'ccc+' VR reflects weak asset quality, a record of
loss-making performance and limited capital buffer.

Policy Role: BDB's GSR reflects its state ownership, policy mandate
as the main operator of subsidised SME lending in Uzbekistan, the
low cost of potential support relative to the sovereign's
international reserves, and the state's support record.

Improving Operating Environment: The operating environment for
Uzbek banks has materially strengthened over the past two to three
years, and Fitch expects further improvements, particularly in
addressing structural risks and enhancing the quality of regulation
and governance. This, alongside a robust economy, should support
business growth and translate into stronger earnings and capital
generation, making banks' credit profiles more resilient.
Therefore, Fitch has revised the outlook on the operating
environment score to positive from stable.

Modest Franchise: BDB is a medium-sized bank (4% of sector assets
as of 1 June 2025) with a strong legacy mortgage franchise
(end-1Q25: 15% of sector mortgage loans). It is actively developing
its commercial lending to SMEs and retail businesses, but Fitch
expects the portion of subsidised loans (end-1Q25: 24% of gross
loans) to remain large in the medium term, given its policy role.

High-risk SME Lending: Fitch assesses BDB's corporate and SME book
(end-1Q25: 48% of gross loans) as higher risk, given its exposure
to vulnerable industries, deficiencies in underwriting standards,
and high dollarisation. The bank's loan expansion reached 11% in
2024, despite large write-offs, and was broadly in line with the
sector average of 13%. Fitch expects loan growth to accelerate to
over 20% in 2025-2026, supported by state capital injections.

Support Partly Offsets Asset-Quality Risks: BDB's Stage 3 loans
ratio rose to 23% at end-2024 (end-2023: 20%) due to ongoing
deterioration in corporate and SME loan quality, despite state
capital support enabling additional provisioning and substantial
write-offs (2024: 3.6% of average loans). Fitch expects loan
performance to remain weak, although BDB's Stage 3 ratio is likely
to decline to around 20% by end-2025, supported by strong loan
growth and further, but smaller, write-offs.

Impairment Charges Cause Losses: BDB has been loss-making over
2022-2023, and recorded a net loss of UZS1.4 trillion in 2024 (-65%
of average equity). This was driven by weak performance of
corporate and SME loans leading to large credit losses. Fitch
expects BDB to return to a modest profitability in 2025-2026,
although it will remain sensitive to provisioning needs.

Limited Capital Buffer: BDB's Fitch Core Capital (FCC) ratio rose
to 8.7% at end-2024 (end-2023: 5.7%), despite large losses in 2024.
This was underpinned by state contributions to common equity (11%
of end-2024 risk-weighted assets), including through the partial
conversion of subordinated debt. Fitch expects BDB's capitalisation
to be under pressure from loan growth and high encumbrance from
unreserved Stage 3 loans (end-2024: 45%) in 2025-2026.

State-Related Funding, Moderate Liquidity: BDB's reliance on
state-related funding rose to 65% of total liabilities at end-1Q25
(end-2023: 42%), after it attracted cheap long-term loans and
subordinated debt from state authorities. Market borrowings (mostly
long-term loans from foreign financial institutions and short-term
interbank deposits) made up another 17% of total liabilities.
Liquid assets (end-1Q25: 14% of total assets) fully covered
external wholesale repayments due within the next 12 months.

Rating Sensitivities

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

BDB's GSR and IDRs would be downgraded if Uzbekistan's sovereign
ratings were downgraded. Fitch could also downgrade the bank's IDRs
and notch them further down from the sovereign ratings if it
considers that the government's propensity to support the bank has
reduced. This could be due to a weakening of the bank's policy
role, delays in capital support, or support being insufficient to
decisively deal with the bank's asset-quality risks.

Fitch could also downgrade the bank's GSR and IDRs if the Uzbek
authorities sell their majority stake in BDB to a lower-rated or
unrated strategic investor, although Fitch considers the bank's
privatisation unlikely in the near term.

The VR could be downgraded if asset-quality deterioration
continues, resulting in substantial losses that would erode BDB's
capital ratios below statutory minimums, unless these losses are
adequately offset by new equity injections in a timely manner.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

BDB's GSR and IDRs would be upgraded if Uzbekistan's sovereign
ratings were upgraded. An upgrade would also require an extended
record of state capital support to allow sufficient workout of the
bank's unreserved impaired assets.

Upside for BDB's VR is limited by the asset-quality risks unless
the government continues to provide sufficient capital support and
the bank's unreserved impaired loans remains consistently below
0.3x FCC. Profitable performance on a sustained basis and higher
capitalisation could also be positive for the rating.

OTHER DEBT AND ISSUER RATINGS: KEY RATING DRIVERS

BDB's ex-government support (xgs) ratings exclude assumptions of
extraordinary government support. The LT Foreign- and
Local-Currency IDRs (xgs) of 'CCC+(xgs)' are equalised with the
bank's VR. The Short-Term (ST) Foreign- and Local-Currency IDRs
(xgs) of 'C(xgs)' are mapped to the bank's LT Foreign- and
Local-Currency IDRs (xgs), respectively.

OTHER DEBT AND ISSUER RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

The bank's LT IDRs (xgs) are sensitive to changes in its VR. The ST
IDRs (xgs) are sensitive to changes in BDB's LT IDRs (xgs).

Public Ratings with Credit Linkage to other ratings

BDB's LT IDRs are linked to Uzbekistan's LT IDRs.

ESG Considerations

BDB has ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Governance Structure as the
state of Uzbekistan is highly involved in the bank at board level
and in the business. This factor has a negative impact on the
bank's credit profile and is relevant to the ratings in conjunction
with other factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                         Rating             Prior
   -----------                         ------             -----
Joint-Stock
Commercial Bank
Business
Development Bank   LT IDR                BB  Upgrade      BB-
                   ST IDR                B   Affirmed     B
                   LC LT IDR             BB  Upgrade      BB-
                   LC ST IDR             B   Affirmed     B
                   Viability           ccc+  Affirmed     ccc+
                   Government Support    bb  Upgrade      bb-
                   LT IDR (xgs)    CCC+(xgs) New Rating   WD
                   ST IDR (xgs)       C(xgs) New Rating   WD
                   LC LT IDR (xgs) CCC+(xgs) New Rating   WD
                   LC ST IDR (xgs)    C(xgs) New Rating   WD


IPOTEKA-BANK: Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDRs to 'BB', Outlook Stable
---------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded Joint-Stock Commercial Mortgage Bank
Ipoteka-Bank's Long-Term (LT) Foreign- and Local-Currency Issuer
Default Ratings (IDRs) to 'BB' from 'BB-', with Stable Outlooks,
and Shareholder Support Rating (SSR) to 'bb' from 'bb-'. The bank's
Viability Rating is unaffected by this rating action.

The upgrade of the bank's LT IDRs follows the upgrade of
Uzbekistan's sovereign rating and its Country Ceiling to 'BB' from
'BB-' on 26 June 2025 (see 'Fitch Upgrades Uzbekistan to 'BB';
Outlook Stable').

Key Rating Drivers

Ipoteka's LT IDRs are based on potential support from the parent
bank, OTP Bank Plc, as captured by the 'bb' SSR. This view
considers OTP's majority ownership and inclusion of Ipoteka in
OTP's resolution group, high reputational risks for the parent from
a subsidiary's default, and the low cost of support for the
parent.

The bank's SSR and LT IDRs remain constrained by Uzbekistan's 'BB'
Country Ceiling, reflecting potential transfer and convertibility
restrictions, and the risk that the subsidiary may not be able to
benefit from parent support to service its own foreign-currency
obligations. The Stable Outlooks on the bank's LT IDRs mirror those
on Uzbekistan's sovereign ratings.

Fitch has affirmed Ipoteka's Short-Term Foreign- and Local-Currency
IDRs at 'B', which is the only possible option for LT IDRs in the
'BB' rating category.

Rating Sensitivities

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

Ipoteka's SSR and LT IDRs could be downgraded following a downward
revision of Uzbekistan's Country Ceiling or if Fitch's assessment
of OTP's ability or propensity to provide support to the subsidiary
substantially weakens.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

Ipoteka's SSR and LT IDRs could be upgraded if Uzbekistan's Country
Ceiling was revised up, provided Fitch's view that the ability or
propensity of OTP to provide support to the subsidiary remains the
same or improves.

OTHER DEBT AND ISSUER RATINGS: KEY RATING DRIVERS

Ipoteka's senior unsecured debt rating is in line with the bank's
'BB' LT Foreign-Currency IDR.

OTHER DEBT AND ISSUER RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

Ipoteka's senior unsecured debt rating is sensitive to changes in
its LT Foreign-Currency IDR.

Public Ratings with Credit Linkage to other ratings

Ipoteka's IDRs are driven by potential support from OTP.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', which
means ESG issues are credit neutral or have only a minimal credit
impact on the entity, either due to their nature or the way in
which they are being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance
Scores are not inputs in the rating process; they are an
observation on the relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the
rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                             Rating           Prior
   -----------                             ------           -----
Joint-Stock Commercial
Mortgage Bank
Ipoteka-Bank             LT IDR              BB  Upgrade    BB-
                         ST IDR              B   Affirmed   B
                         LC LT IDR           BB  Upgrade    BB-
                         LC ST IDR           B   Affirmed   B
                         Shareholder Support bb  Upgrade    bb-

   senior unsecured      LT                  BB  Upgrade    BB-


JSCB KAPITALBANK: Fitch Alters Outlook on 'B' IDR to Positive
-------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has revised JSCB Kapitalbank's (Kapital) Outlooks to
Positive from Stable, while affirming its Long-Term
Foreign-Currency and Local-Currency Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs)
at 'B'. Fitch has also affirmed the bank's Viability Rating (VR) at
'b'.

The revision of the Outlooks to Positive reflects its expectations
that favourable economic conditions in Uzbekistan will persist and
result in sustained strengthening of Kapital's business profile,
its robust internal capital generation, and funding and liquidity.

Key Rating Drivers

Kapital's IDRs are driven by its standalone profile, as reflected
in the 'b' VR. The ratings factor in the positive outlook on the
banks' operating environment in Uzbekistan, and Kapital's robust
profitability and reasonable liquidity coverage. Fitch also factors
in Kapital's evolving business model, high appetite for growth, and
large single-sector lending concentration, which lead to a
heightened risk profile and weigh on the bank's asset-quality
metrics.

Improving Operating Environment: The operating environment for
Uzbek banks has materially strengthened over the past two to three
years, and Fitch expects further improvements, particularly in
addressing structural risks and enhancing the quality of regulation
and governance. This, alongside a robust economy, should support
business growth and translate into stronger earnings and capital
generation, making banks' credit profiles more resilient.
Therefore, Fitch has revised the outlook on the operating
environment score to positive from stable.

Evolving Business Model, Sector Concentrations: Kapital had a
moderate 6% share in system loans at end-May 2025. It has been
highly profitable over the past four years, supported by a rapid
expansion in car finance in 2021-2023. The bank significantly
slowed origination in this sub-sector but aggressively shifted
towards SMEs and secured consumer lending in 2024. Auto-backed
loans still dominate the portfolio (end-1Q25: more than 40% of
total loans). The bank's rapidly evolving business mix has not
affected profitability but has increased asset-quality risks.

Aggressive Growth, High Dollarisation: Kapital doubled SME lending
and significantly grew its exposure to secured consumer loans in
2024, albeit from a low base. Fitch views expansion into SMEs in
Uzbekistan as higher risk due to its mainly foreign-currency (FC)
nature. The share of FC loans increased to 38% at end-1Q25
(end-2023: 27%), which is close to the market average (42%).
Kapital's risk profile is supported by the focus on secured lending
but is undermined by single-sector concentration and aggressive
growth, which Fitch expects to moderate in 2025-2026.

Loan Deterioration After High Growth: Impaired loans ratio markedly
increased to 4.5% at end-2024 (end-2023: 1.7%), and Fitch believes
asset-quality deterioration will continue in 2025-2026. This is due
to the seasoning of auto-backed loans issued during the previous
years of rapid growth. Fitch expects credit costs to moderately
increase but risks are mitigated by the granular nature of problem
exposures, their denomination in local currency, and liquid
collateral.

Strong Operating Performance: Wide margins and strong lending
growth primarily supported Kapital's robust operating profit at 5%
of risk-weighted assets (RWAs) ratio in 2024 (2022-2023: 6%).
Return on equity was a strong 37% in 2024 (2022-2023: 50%). Fitch
expects operating profit to moderate to below 5% of RWAs in
2025-2026 but remain strong, despite an anticipated moderate
increase in the cost of risk.

Average Capitalisation, Increase Expected: Kapital's Fitch Core
Capital (FCC) ratio was a moderate 12% at end-2024. Fitch expects
the ratio to strengthen in the next two years, as internal capital
generation outpaces loan growth.

Reasonable Liquidity, Stable Deposits: Kapital's gross
loans/deposits ratio was an adequate 87% at end-2024, which is
considerably below many peers' (market average: around 170%).
Customer account balances were stable in 2023 and 2024 after
four-fold growth in 2021-2022, although from a low base, while
risks are also mitigated by reasonable liquidity. Liquid assets
covered a healthy 35% of customer accounts at end-2024, while
wholesale debt repayments scheduled for the next 12 months were
limited.

Rating Sensitivities

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

Fitch would likely revise the Outlook on Kapital's IDRs to Stable
if there were no material improvements in the operating environment
for Uzbek banks, or if there were a persistent decline in the
bank's FCC ratio sharply below 12%, driven by weaker internal
capital generation and aggressive growth.

The ratings could be downgraded if the bank's capital buffer
reduces close to regulatory minimums on a sustained basis, for
example due to a sharp deterioration in the bank's asset quality
resulting in losses, or higher lending growth. Deterioration of
liquidity buffers, for example as a result of material customer
account outflows, would also weigh on the VR.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

An upgrade of Kapital's ratings would require an improvement in
Fitch's assessment of the local operating environment, alongside
stable financial metrics.

Kapital's Government Support Rating (GSR) of 'No Support' reflects
the absence of a record of reliable support from Uzbekistan's
authorities for privately owned banks, and the lack of a clearly
articulated framework for state support of systemically important
banks (D-SIBs), particularly those that are privately owned. This
is despite the strong sovereign financial flexibility, regular
capital support from the government for state-owned banks,
especially policy institutions, and Kapital's moderate systemic
importance, with a moderate 6% share of system loans at end-May
2025.

An upgrade of the GSR would be contingent on a positive change in
the sovereign's propensity to support D-SIBs, and Kapital in
particular. This would require an introduction of clearly
articulated legislation on government support of D-SIBs, or a
strong and predictable record of timely capital support by the
authorities for D-SIBs.

VR ADJUSTMENTS

The earnings and profitability score of 'b+' is below the 'bb'
category implied score because of the following adjustment reason:
historical and future metrics (negative).

ESG Considerations

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not inputs
in the rating process; they are an observation of the materiality
and relevance of ESG factors in the rating outcome.

   Entity/Debt                       Rating         Prior
   -----------                       ------         -----
JSCB Kapitalbank   LT IDR             B  Affirmed   B
                   ST IDR             B  Affirmed   B
                   LC LT IDR          B  Affirmed   B
                   LC ST IDR          B  Affirmed   B
                   Viability          b  Affirmed   b
                   Government Support ns Affirmed   ns


MICROCREDITBANK: Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDR to 'BB', Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded Uzbekistan-based Microcreditbank's (MCB)
Long-Term (LT) Foreign- and Local-Currency Issuer Default Ratings
(IDRs) to 'BB' from 'BB-' and its Government Support Rating (GSR)
to 'bb' from 'bb-'. The Outlook is Stable. Fitch has also
downgraded the bank's Viability Rating (VR) to 'ccc+' from 'b-'.

The upgrade of the bank's LT IDRs follows the upgrade of
Uzbekistan's sovereign rating on 26 June 2025 (see "Fitch Upgrades
Uzbekistan to 'BB'; Outlook Stable" on www.fitchratings.com) and
reflects its view of the Uzbek authorities' improved ability to
support MCB .

The downgrade of MCB's VR reflects continued pressures from weak
asset quality, resulting in loss-making performance over the past
two years, alongside considerable capital encumbrance.

Key Rating Drivers

MCB's LT IDRs are equalised with Uzbekistan's LT IDRs to reflect
Fitch's view of a moderate probability of government support, as
expressed by its GSR of 'bb'. The bank's VR reflects its small
franchise, weak asset quality, loss-making performance, significant
capital encumbrance, and considerable reliance on wholesale
borrowings.

Policy Role: Fitch believes the Uzbek authorities would have a high
propensity to support MCB, given its state ownership, special
status as the agent bank for subsidised social lending, the low
cost of potential support relative to the sovereign's international
reserves, and the state's support record.

Improving Operating Environment: The operating environment for
Uzbek banks has materially strengthened over the past few years,
and Fitch expects further improvements, particularly in addressing
structural risks and enhancing the quality of regulation and
governance. This, alongside a robust economy, should support
business growth and translate into stronger earnings and capital
generation, making banks' credit profiles more resilient.
Therefore, Fitch has revised the outlook on the operating
environment score to positive from stable.

Narrow Franchise: MCB is a small bank in the concentrated Uzbek
banking system, making up 3% of sector assets and loans as of 1
June 2025. MCB provides state-subsidised SME and retail loans
(end-1Q25: 35% of gross loans), but is also developing its
commercial lending business.

Vulnerable Risk Profile: MCB is exposed to substantial credit risks
stemming from both commercial and subsidised lending, as
underscored by its high impaired loan formation ratio (2024: 6.3%;
2023: 4.8%). This, alongside deficiencies in risk management
framework and high loan growth in the last four years (23% CAGR),
weighs on MCB's risk profile. Loan dollarisation was a notable 23%
at end-1Q25, but below the sector's 42%.

Weak Loan Quality: Impaired loans remained significant at 14.4% of
gross loans at end-2024 (end-2023: 15.6%), despite large write-offs
(4.4% of average loans) and rapid loan growth in 2024. This high
impairment was due to ongoing loan quality deterioration. Stage 2
loans added another 25% of gross loans (end-2023: 25%) to the
impaired loan ratio. The total reserve coverage of impaired
exposures remained a modest 42% at end-2024 (end-2023: 44%). Fitch
expects the impaired loans ratio to remain high in 2025-2026, which
may force MCB to create additional provisions.

Loss-Making Performance: MCB's large cost base and material credit
losses have led to negative financial results since 2023. The bank
reported a net loss of UZS961 billion, equivalent to -25% of
average equity in 2024 (2023: -13%). Fitch expects MCB's
profitability to remain vulnerable in 2025-2026, due to its
structurally weak business model.

State-Supported Capitalisation: The bank's Fitch Core Capital (FCC)
ratio fell to 15.2% at end-2024 (end-2023: 17.6%) due to its
loss-making performance and 33% risk-weighted assets growth. MCB
receives regular capital contributions from the government (UZS6.5
trillion since 2019) to support its policy lending. Capital
encumbrance by unreserved impaired loans was a notable 39% at
end-2024 (end-2023: 38%). MCB will continue to rely on capital
support from the state, due to expected weak profitability.

Material External Funding: MCB's market borrowings were
considerable at 39% of total liabilities at end-1Q25. These were
mostly long-term loans from international financial institutions,
while the portion of interbank deposits was reduced to 5% of total
liabilities (end-2023: 13%). Cheap state funding equalled another
33%. MCB's liquidity buffer was limited to 10% of total assets at
end-1Q25, but fully covered short-term external debt repayments.

Rating Sensitivities

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

MCB's IDRs and GSR would be downgraded if Uzbekistan's sovereign
ratings were downgraded. Fitch could also downgrade the bank's IDRs
and GSR and notch them off the sovereign ratings if it views that
the government propensity to support the bank has reduced. This
could be due to a weakening of the bank's policy role or delays in
capital support, or support being insufficient to decisively
address the bank's asset-quality risks.

The VR could be downgraded if asset-quality deterioration
continues, resulting in substantial losses that would erode MCB's
capital ratios to below statutory minimums, unless they are
adequately offset by timely equity injections.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

MCB's IDRs and GSR would be upgraded if the sovereign ratings were
upgraded. An upgrade would also require an extended record of state
capital support to allow a sufficient workout of the bank's
unreserved impaired assets.

Upside for the bank's VR is limited by MCB's substantial
asset-quality risks, unless the government continues to provide
adequate capital support, leading to a sustained decrease in
unreserved impaired loans below 30% of FCC. Profitable performance
and stronger asset quality metrics would also be required for a VR
upgrade.

OTHER DEBT AND ISSUER RATINGS: KEY RATING DRIVERS

The bank's ex-government support (xgs) ratings exclude assumptions
of extraordinary government support. The LT Foreign- and
Local-Currency IDRs (xgs) of 'CCC+(xgs)' are equalised with the
bank's VR. The Short-Term (ST) Foreign- and Local-Currency IDRs
(xgs) of 'C(xgs)' are mapped to the bank's LT Foreign- and
Local-Currency IDRs (xgs), respectively.

OTHER DEBT AND ISSUER RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

The bank's LT IDRs (xgs) are sensitive to changes in its VR. The ST
IDRs (xgs) are sensitive to changes in MCB's LT IDRs (xgs).

Public Ratings with Credit Linkage to other ratings

MCB's LT IDRs are linked to Uzbekistan's LT IDRs.

ESG Considerations

MCB has ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Governance Structure as the
state of Uzbekistan is highly involved in the bank at board level
and in the business. It has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for
Financial Transparency, due to a lack of timeliness and quality of
financial reporting. These factors have a negative impact on the
bank's credit profile, in combination with other factors.

The bank also has ESG Relevance Score of '3' for 'Human Rights,
Community Relations, Access and Affordability' (a deviation from
the sector guidance for an ESG Relevance Score of '2' for
comparable banks), given the bank's focus on social lending to
lower-income citizens to decrease poverty and promote
entrepreneurship.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                     Rating                 Prior
   -----------                     ------                 -----
Microcreditbank   LT IDR            BB        Upgrade       BB-
                  ST IDR            B         Affirmed      B
                  LC LT IDR         BB        Upgrade       BB-
                  LC ST IDR         B         Affirmed      B
                  Viability         ccc+      Downgrade     b-
                  Gov't Support     bb        Upgrade       bb-
                  LT IDR (xgs)      CCC+(xgs) New Rating
                  ST IDR (xgs)      C(xgs)    New Rating
                  LC LT IDR (xgs)   CCC+(xgs) New Rating
                  LC ST IDR (xgs)   C(xgs)    New Rating


XALQ BANK: Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDRs to 'BB', Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded Joint Stock Commercial Xalq Bank of the
Republic of Uzbekistan's Long-Term Foreign- and Local-Currency
Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs) to 'BB' from 'BB-', with Stable
Outlooks and Government Support Rating (GSR) to 'bb' from 'bb-'.
Fitch has affirmed the bank's Viability Rating (VR) at 'b-'.

The upgrade of the Long-Term IDRs follows the upgrade of the
sovereign rating of the Republic of Uzbekistan on 26 June 2025 (see
"Fitch Upgrades Uzbekistan to 'BB'; Outlook Stable") and reflects
the agency's view of the improved ability of the Uzbek authorities
to support Xalq.

Key Rating Drivers

Xalq's Long-Term IDRs are equalised with Uzbekistan's sovereign
IDRs, reflecting Fitch's view of a moderate probability of
government support, as captured by the bank's 'bb' GSR. Xalq's VR
of 'b-' reflects the bank's asset-quality risks, captured by a
still-high impaired loans ratio and modest albeit improving
profitability. Its policy role as a social lending agent will
continue to weigh on Xalq's VR in the near term.

Policy Role: The Uzbek authorities would have a high propensity to
support Xalq, in Fitch's view, given its strategic state ownership,
status as the government's agent bank for subsidised social lending
and pension distribution, the low cost of potential support
relative to sovereign international reserves, and the authorities'
support record.

Improving Operating Environment: The operating environment for
Uzbek banks has materially strengthened in recent years, and Fitch
expects further improvements, particularly in addressing structural
risks and enhancing the quality of regulation and governance. This,
alongside a robust economy, should support business growth and
translate into stronger earnings and capital generation, making
banks' credit profiles more resilient. Fitch has therefore revised
the outlook on the operating environment score to positive from
stable.

Medium-Sized Bank, Policy Lending: Xalq is Uzbekistan's
seventh-largest bank, making up around 6% of sector assets and
loans at end-1Q25. It is one of several state-owned banks
responsible for subsidised lending under government development
programmes, with a focus on family entrepreneurship loans in
Uzbekistan's rural areas. Xalq is the only bank in Uzbekistan
involved in the distribution of state pensions.

Low Dollarisation, Notable Growth: Xalq's involvement in
government-directed subsidised development lending has led to
substantial asset-quality risks. However, loan dollarisation (8% at
end-1Q25 by local GAAP) is below the sector average (42%), and the
shift towards a higher share of commercial lending supports loan
quality. Loan growth of 21% in 2024 was above the sector average
(13%), supported by new capital. However, in 3M25 the loan book
reduced by 6% (annualised) due to contraction of the non-retail and
subsidised retail loan books.

Still High Impairment, Well Reserved: Impaired (Stage 3) loans
decreased notably to 14% of gross loans at end-2024 (end-2023: 22%)
due to write-offs and transfers from Stage 3, and were 1.1x covered
by reserves. Concentrations were modest, as the 25 largest groups
of borrowers made up around 12% of the loan book. Fitch expects the
impaired loans ratio to decline to below 10% over 2025-2026, helped
by write-offs. Asset quality under local GAAP also improved, with
the problem loans ratio at 4.2% at end-1Q25 (end-2023: 7.6%).

Improved Performance: Operating profit improved to a moderate 1.9%
of risk-weighted assets (RWAs) in 2024 (2023: 1.6%), after net
losses in 2020-2022. This was driven by a decrease in loan
impairment charges (LICs; 2024: 1.4% of average gross loans; 2022:
7.8%) following balance-sheet clean-up in 2023-2024. Pre-impairment
profit at 5% of average gross loans in 2023-2024 provides a
moderate buffer to absorb losses. Fitch expects operating
profitability to recover slightly to above 2% of RWAs in 2025-2026,
on stabilisation of LICs.

Capital Build-Up: Xalq's Fitch Core Capital ratio almost doubled to
17.5% at end-2024 (end-2023: 9%) following a large capital
injection in 2024 (equal to 5.2% of end-2023 RWAs). The new planned
capital contributions, equal to 4.6% of end-2024 RWAs (partly
received in 1Q25), will further improve the Fitch Core Capital
ratio close to 21% by end-2025, alongside moderate loan growth. At
end-1Q25 the regulatory Tier 1 (20%) and total capital ratios (21%)
were comfortably above their regulatory minimums (10% and 13%,
respectively).

Stable Funding, Good Liquidity: State-related funds (end-1Q25: 47%
of total liabilities; local GAAP) and non-state deposits (40%,
mostly mandatory pension saving accounts) dominate funding, while
wholesale borrowings are moderate (8%). The bank's liquidity
cushion (25% of total assets) covered a large 78% of non-state
customer accounts.

Rating Sensitivities

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

Xalq's GSR and IDRs would be downgraded if Uzbekistan's sovereign
IDRs were downgraded. Fitch could also downgrade the bank's IDRs
and notch them off the sovereign ratings if it views that the
government's propensity to support the bank has reduced, for
example due to a weakening of the bank's policy role or delays in
capital support.

The bank's VR could be downgraded if asset-quality deterioration
resulted in substantial losses, leading to a material capital
shortfall, unless adequately replenished by timely new equity
injections.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

Xalq's GSR and IDRs would be upgraded if the sovereign ratings were
upgraded, provided the sovereign's propensity to support the bank
remains strong.

An upgrade of the VR would require an extended record of profitable
performance alongside the improved asset quality and stable risk
profile. A strengthening of the operating environment for domestic
banks would also be credit positive, along with other factors.

OTHER DEBT AND ISSUER RATINGS: KEY RATING DRIVERS

Xalq`s ex-government support (xgs) ratings exclude assumptions of
extraordinary government support. The Long-Term Foreign- and
Local-Currency IDRs (xgs) of 'B-(xgs)' are equalised with the
bank's VR. The Short-Term Foreign- and Local-Currency IDRs (xgs) of
'B(xgs)' are mapped to the bank's Long-Term Foreign- and
Local-Currency IDRs (xgs), respectively.

OTHER DEBT AND ISSUER RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

Any actions on the xgs ratings will mirror changes to Xalq's VR.

Public Ratings with Credit Linkage to other ratings

Xalq's IDRs are linked to Uzbekistan's IDRs.

ESG Considerations

Xalq has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Governance Structure as
the state of Uzbekistan is highly involved in the banks at board
level and in the business. The factor has a negative impact on the
bank's credit profile and is relevant for the ratings in
conjunction with other factors.

Fitch has revised the bank's ESG Relevance Score for Financial
Transparency to '3' from '4' given its view of improved timeliness
of financial disclosures. Fitch now considers this factor to have a
minimal credit impact on the entity.

The bank has an ESG Relevance Score of '3' for Human Rights,
Community Relations, Access & Affordability (a deviation from the
sector guidance of '2' for comparable banks), given its focus on
social lending to lower-income citizens to decrease poverty and
promote entrepreneurship. This has only a minimal credit impact on
the entity and minimal relevance for the ratings.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                     Rating                 Prior
   -----------                     ------                 -----
Joint Stock
Commercial Xalq
Bank of the
Republic of
Uzbekistan        LT IDR             BB      Upgrade       BB-
                  ST IDR             B       Affirmed      B
                  LC LT IDR          BB      Upgrade       BB-
                  LC ST IDR          B       Affirmed      B
                  Viability          b-      Affirmed      b-
                  Gov't Support      bb      Upgrade       bb-
                  LT IDR (xgs)       B-(xgs) New Rating
                  ST IDR (xgs)       B(xgs)  New Rating
                  LC LT IDR (xgs)    B-(xgs) New Rating
                  LC ST IDR (xgs)    B(xgs)  New Rating


[] Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDR on 3 Uzbekistani Utilities to 'BB'
--------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded three Uzbekistani utilities' Long-Term
Foreign-Currency Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs) to 'BB' from 'BB-'.
The Outlooks are Stable. The rating actions follow the upgrade of
Uzbekistan's Long-Term Foreign-Currency IDR on June 26, 2025.

The ratings of Regional Electrical Power Networks JSC (Standalone
Credit Profile (SCP): ccc), Thermal Power Plants Joint Stock
Company (SCP: ccc) and Uzbekhydroenergo JSC (SCP: b+) are equalised
with those of their parent, Uzbekistan, reflecting that almost all
of their debt is secured by government guarantees or provided by
the state. Fitch expects this to remain the case for the
foreseeable future.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Regional Electrical Power Networks JSC

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- A sovereign downgrade

- Guaranteed debt falling below 75% of total debt, which would lead
to a downgrade assuming unchanged SCP and government links

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- A sovereign upgrade, assuming the government continues
guaranteeing over 75% of total debt

- A more transparent and predictable operating and regulatory
framework (including implementation of multi-year tariffs),
alongside a stronger financial profile (funds from operations (FFO)
gross leverage below 7x on a sustained basis) and improved
liquidity, which could be positive for the SCP

Thermal Power Plants Joint Stock Company

Factors That Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- A sovereign downgrade

- Guaranteed debt falling below 75% of total debt, which would lead
to a downgrade assuming unchanged SCP and government links

Factors That Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- A sovereign upgrade, assuming the government continues
guaranteeing over 75% of total debt

- Stronger cash collections, better visibility on strategy, a more
transparent and predictable operating and regulatory framework
(including implementation of multi-year tariffs), alongside a
stronger financial profile (FFO gross leverage below 7.5x on a
sustained basis), which could be positive for the SCP

Uzbekhydroenergo JSC

Factors That Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- A sovereign downgrade

- Guaranteed debt falling below 75% of total debt, which would lead
to a downgrade assuming unchanged SCP and government links

- Operational underperformance, ambitious capex programme, material
trade receivables build-up or dividends resulting in a
deterioration in the financial profile (FFO gross leverage
exceeding 4.0x on a sustained basis), which could be negative for
the SCP

Factors That Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- A sovereign upgrade, assuming the government continues
guaranteeing over 75% of total debt

- A more transparent and predictable operating and regulatory
framework (including implementation of multi-year tariffs),
alongside a stronger financial profile (FFO gross leverage below
2.5x on a sustained basis), which could be positive for the SCP

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Macro and Sector
Forecasts data file which aggregates key data points used in its
credit analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

Regional Electrical Power Networks JSC has an ESG Relevance Score
of '4' for Financial Transparency due to delays in the publication
of IFRS accounts, compared with international best practice. The
lack of transparency limits its ability to assess the company's
financial condition, which has a negative impact on the credit
profile, and is relevant to the ratings in conjunction with other
factors.

Thermal Power Plants Joint Stock Company has an ESG Relevance Score
of '4' for Financial Transparency due to delays in the publication
of IFRS accounts, compared with international best practice. The
lack of transparency limits its ability to assess the company's
financial condition, which has a negative impact on the credit
profile, and is relevant to the ratings in conjunction with other
factors.

Uzbekhydroenergo JSC has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for
Financial Transparency due to delays in the publication of IFRS
accounts, compared with international best practice. The lack of
transparency limits its ability to assess the company's financial
condition, which has a negative impact on the credit profile, and
is relevant to the ratings in conjunction with other factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt               Rating         Prior
   -----------               ------         -----
Thermal Power Plants
Joint Stock Company    LT IDR BB  Upgrade   BB-

Uzbekhydroenergo JSC   LT IDR BB  Upgrade   BB-

Regional Electrical
Power Networks JSC     LT IDR BB  Upgrade   BB-


[] Fitch Hikes LongTerm IDR to 'BB' on 3 Uzbek State-Owned Banks
----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded three Uzbekistan-based state-owned
banks' Long-Term (LT) Foreign- and Local-Currency Issuer Default
Ratings (IDRs) to 'BB' from 'BB-' and their Government Support
Ratings (GSRs) to 'bb' from 'bb-'. The Outlooks are Stable. The
banks are JSC National Bank for Foreign Economic Activity of the
Republic of Uzbekistan (NBU), Uzbek Industrial and Construction
Bank Joint-Stock Commercial Bank (UICB), and Joint-Stock Company
Asakabank (Asaka). The banks' Viability Ratings (VRs) are
unaffected by this rating action.

The upgrade of the banks' ratings is driven by the upgrade of the
sovereign ratings of the Republic of Uzbekistan on 26 June 2026
(see "Fitch Upgrades Uzbekistan to 'BB'; Outlook Stable), and
reflects Fitch's view of an improved ability of the Uzbek
authorities to provide support to domestic state-owned banks.

Key Rating Drivers

The LT IDRs of the three banks are equalised with the sovereign
ratings of Uzbekistan, reflecting Fitch's view of a moderate
probability of government support, as captured by their 'bb' GSRs.
The Stable Outlooks on the banks' IDRs mirror those on the
sovereign.

Its assessment of support for NBU considers its majority state
ownership, high systemic importance, an important policy role as
the key lender to strategic industries, and the low cost of support
relative to the sovereign's international reserves.

Fitch continues to equalise UICB's and Asaka's GSRs and LT IDRs
with the sovereign's at this rating level, despite the government's
plans to sell their controlling stakes in the banks to foreign
strategic investors by end-2025. This view is primarily underpinned
by these banks' majority state ownership, moderate systemic
importance and the low cost of potential support.

Fitch believes the planned privatisation of UICB and Asaka is
likely to be significantly delayed by the ongoing transformation of
their business models and persistent legacy structural issues. In
its view, the government will continue to provide these banks with
sufficient extraordinary capital or funding support if needed and
ensure that they remain adequately capitalised until their eventual
sales.

The senior unsecured debt ratings of NBU and UICB have been
upgraded to 'BB', in line with their Long-Term Foreign-Currency
IDRs.

The Short-Term (ST) IDRs have been affirmed at 'B', which is the
only possible option for LT IDRs in the 'BB' rating category.

Rating Sensitivities

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

The GSRs and LT IDRs of NBU, UICB, and Asaka would be downgraded if
Uzbekistan's sovereign ratings were downgraded. NBU's ratings could
also be downgraded if Fitch takes the view that the Uzbek
authorities' ability or propensity to support the bank has
weakened.

The ratings of UICB and Asaka could also be downgraded if these
banks are sold to a strategic investor with a lower rating than the
sovereign, or one without a rating. However, in this instance,
Fitch would likely factor in potential government support for both
banks at one notch below the sovereign ratings, provided they
retain their systemic importance.

The banks' ST IDRs are sensitive to a multi-notch downgrade of
their respective LT IDRs.

NBU and UICB's senior unsecured LT debt ratings would be downgraded
on a similar action on their respective LT IDRs.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

The GSR and LT IDRs of NBU will be upgraded following a similar
action on the sovereign ratings of Uzbekistan.

A positive action on the sovereign rating would not necessarily
result in a similar action on the GSRs and LT IDRs of UICB and
Asaka, unless their privatisation is cancelled, and they remain
under long-term strategic state ownership.

NBU and UICB's senior unsecured LT debt ratings would be upgraded
if their respective LT IDRs were upgraded.

Public Ratings with Credit Linkage to other ratings

The GSRs and LT IDRs of NBU, UICB and Asaka are directly linked to
Uzbekistan's sovereign ratings.

ESG Considerations

NBU and Asaka have ESG Relevance Scores of '4' for Governance
Structure as Uzbekistan's authorities are highly involved in the
banks at board level and in their business and strategy
development, which has a negative impact on the credit profile, and
is relevant to the ratings in conjunction with other factors.

Asaka also has a ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Financial
Transparency, reflecting delays in IFRS accounts publications,
which are prepared only on an annual basis. This has a moderately
negative impact on the bank's credit profile and is relevant to the
ratings in conjunction with other factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                       Rating           Prior
   -----------                       ------           -----
Uzbek Industrial
and Construction
Bank Joint-Stock
Commercial Bank     LT IDR             BB  Upgrade    BB-
                    ST IDR             B   Affirmed   B
                    LC LT IDR          BB  Upgrade    BB-
                    LC ST IDR          B   Affirmed   B
                    Government Support bb  Upgrade    bb-

   senior
   unsecured        LT                 BB  Upgrade    BB-

JSC National
Bank for Foreign
Economic Activity
of the Republic
of Uzbekistan       LT IDR             BB  Upgrade    BB-
                    ST IDR             B   Affirmed   B
                    LC LT IDR          BB  Upgrade    BB-
                    LC ST IDR          B   Affirmed   B
                    Government Support bb  Upgrade    bb-

   senior
   unsecured        LT                 BB  Upgrade    BB-

Joint-Stock
Company Asakabank   LT IDR             BB  Upgrade    BB-
                    ST IDR             B   Affirmed   B
                    LC LT IDR          BB  Upgrade    BB-
                    LC ST IDR          B   Affirmed   B
                    Government Support bb  Upgrade    bb-




===========
S W E D E N
===========

POLESTAR AUTOMOTIVE: Eric Li, 11 Others Report Equity Stake
-----------------------------------------------------------
Eric Li, Volvo Car Corporation, PSD Investment Limited, PSD Capital
Limited, Snita Holding B.V., Volvo Car AB, Geely Sweden Holdings
AB, Shanghai Geely Zhaoyuan International Investment Co., Ltd,
Beijing Geely Wanyuan International Investment Co., Ltd, Beijing
Geely Kaisheng International Investment Co., Ltd, Zhejiang Geely
Holding Group Company Limited, and Geely Sweden Automotive
Investment B.V., disclosed in a Schedule 13D/A (Amendment No. 6)
filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that as of
June 16, 2025, they beneficially own varying amounts of Polestar
Automotive Holding UK PLC's Class A American Depositary Shares and
Class A Ordinary Shares, with the following holdings:

     * Eric Li: 1,725,045,301 Class A Shares (81.4% of the class)

     * PSD Investment Limited & PSD Capital Limited: 828,013,737
Class A Shares (39.1%)

     * Geely Sweden Holdings AB / Shanghai Geely Zhaoyuan / Beijing
Geely Wanyuan / Beijing Geely Kaisheng / Zhejiang Geely Holding
Group: Each reports beneficial ownership of 897,031,564 Class A
Shares (42.3%)

     * Geely Sweden Automotive Investment B.V.: 502,156,334 Class A
Shares (23.7%)

     * Volvo Car Corporation / Snita Holding B.V. / Volvo Car AB:
380,322,995 Class A Shares (17.9%)

These percentages are based on a total of 2,069,399,389 Class A
Shares and 49,892,575 Class B Shares outstanding as of May 31,
2025.

Zhejiang Geely may be reached through:

     Zhejiang Geely Holding Group
     1760 Jiangling Road, Binjiang District
     Hangzhou, F4, 310051
     Tel: +86 (571) 2809 8282

A full-text copy of Eric Li's SEC report is available at:
https://tinyurl.com/4uepsw8h

                     About Polestar Automotive

Polestar (Nasdaq: PSNY) is the Swedish electric performance car
brand with a focus on uncompromised design and innovation, and the
ambition to accelerate the change towards a sustainable future.
Headquartered in Gothenburg, Sweden, its cars are available in 27
markets globally across North America, Europe and Asia Pacific.

Gothenburg, Sweden-based Deloitte AB, the Company's auditor since
2021, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
May 9, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2024, citing that the Company
requires additional financing to support operating and development
activities that raise substantial doubt about its ability to
continue as a going concern.

As of Dec. 31, 2024, the Company had $4.1 billion in total assets,
$7.4 billion in total liabilities, and a total deficit of $3.3
billion.



=====================
S W I T Z E R L A N D
=====================

HERENS MIDCO: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'B3' CFR to Negative
------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has affirmed the B3 long-term corporate family
rating and B3-PD probability of default rating of Herens Midco
S.a.r.l. (Arxada), the parent company of Arxada AG. Concurrently,
Moody's affirmed the Caa2 rating of Herens Midco S.a.r.l.'s EUR460
million senior unsecured global notes as well as the B2 ratings of
Herens HoldCo S.a.r.l.'s USD350 million guaranteed senior secured
global notes due 2028, EUR1,104.4 million and USD1,430 million
senior secured term loan B due 2028 and the EUR430 million senior
secured revolving credit facility (RCF) due 2028. The outlook on
both entities has been changed to negative from stable.

The rating action reflects:

-- Arxada's microbial control solutions' resilient performance
through the cycle

-- Challenging trading conditions due to the ripple effects of
President Donald Trump's tariff policies and heightened
geopolitical risks, prompting us to lower Moody's forecasts for
Arxada's 2025 earnings performance

-- The company's very high leverage and Moody's forecasts for cash
burn in 2025 of around CHF30 million

RATINGS RATIONALE

Moody's expects trading conditions for some of Arxada's end markets
will soften in 2025 as shifting US trade policies, international
responses to policies and heighted geopolitical risks create
uncertainty. Moody's have made a downward revision to Moody's
revenue growth forecasts in Moody's base case for 2025 to a
mid-single digit percentage. Positively revenue growth will be
supported by contractual sales of its wood protection products from
its newly operational plant in Georgia and strong commercial
execution in the professional hygiene markets.

Arxada has indicated it will maintain company reported EBITDA
margins of 18%-19% in 2025 in constant currency, reflecting pricing
initiatives, fixed cost discipline, and the effective execution of
cost savings programmes. It has also indicated that it intends to
deploy additional self-help strategies across 2025 to somewhat
offset potentially softening trading conditions. Moody's forecast
Moody's-adjusted EBITDA of around CHF380 million in Moody's base
case, after adding back CHF22 million of transformation and
restructuring costs.

Arxada is highly leveraged, positioning Arxada weakly for its
rating category.  Moody's project Arxada's Moody's-adjusted gross
leverage (debt/EBITDA) of around 9x for the 12 months to December
31, 2025 and around 8.2x for 2026, as the company has indicated it
will start to benefit from positive revenue contribution from its
custom development and manufacturing deliveries. Overall, in
Moody's base case Moody's expects the company to burn cash in 2025
with Moody's-adjusted negative free cash flow of around CHF30
million. The company has indicated it will maintain use of around
50% of its CHF200 million factoring facility. Moody's expects
drawings under the RCF will slightly increase.

LIQUIDITY

Arxada's liquidity is adequate but continues to weaken. At the end
of Q1 2025, the company reported a cash position of CHF87 million,
which Moody's considers slightly more than the minimum cash
required to operate the business. Arxada reported availability of
around CHF146 million under its EUR430 million revolving credit
facility (RCF). It indicated that it will maintain sufficient
capacity under the springing covenant to fully access the remaining
undrawn RCF. Arxada's only maturing debt before January 2028 is the
1% annual amortisation of its term loan B dollar tranche paid
quarterly.

STRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS

The B2 rating on the guaranteed senior secured global notes and
senior secured bank credit facilities, which comprise the USD350
million notes, the USD1,430 million Term Loan B, the EUR1,104.4
million Term Loan B and the EUR430 million senior secured RCF
issued by Herens HoldCo S.a.r.l.— one notch above the CFR —
reflects the EUR460 million senior unsecured notes issued by Herens
Midco S.a.r.l., rated Caa2 and USD111 million senior unsecured
notes ranking below the senior secured debt instruments in the
capital structure. The senior secured debt instruments are
guaranteed by a substantial number of subsidiaries of the group and
secured on a first-priority basis by a significant amount of assets
owned by the group. The guarantees from operating entities
represent more than 80% of groupwide EBITDA. The Caa2 rating on the
EUR460 million senior unsecured notes — two notches below the CFR
— reflects the substantial amount of secured debt in the
structure, as well as the senior subordinated nature of the
guarantees by the same group of subsidiaries that guarantee the
secured term loan on a first-priority basis.

RATING OUTLOOK

The negative outlook reflects Moody's expectations that challenging
trading conditions will hurt Arxada's operating performance across
2025, reducing Moody's projected growth rate in Moody's-adjusted
EBITDA and increasing the size of the projected cash burn to around
CHF30 million.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

It is unlikely positive pressure on the rating will develop over
the next 18 months given the company's stretched capital structure
and the lack of visibility for a material improvement in
macro-economic conditions in 2025.

Downward pressure on the rating would emerge if:

-- The company fails to demonstrate a recovery in revenue and
EBITDA growth rates to at least mid-single digit percentage during
2025

-- There is a deterioration in the company's liquidity profile

-- There is a lack of visibility for a meaningful reduction on
cash burn in 2026

-- Moody's-adjusted gross leverage remains above 8.0x

-- Moody's-adjusted EBITDA interest coverage or remains below
1.5x.

PRINCIPAL METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Chemicals
published in October 2023.

Arxada's B3 rating is two notches below the scorecard-indicated
outcome of B1. The difference reflects among other factors, the
company's stretched capital structure and the limited visibility
for revenue growth across 2026, underpinning deleveraging.

COMPANY PROFILE

Headquartered in Switzerland, Arxada AG is a leading global
specialty chemicals business serving five core end markets; human
health and nutrition, home and personal care, paints and coatings,
wood protection and industrials. The company has an intellectual
property portfolio of more than 150 active patent families. Arxada
has a global manufacturing footprint with 24 sites across more than
100 countries and 14 research and development centres. In the last
twelve months, that ended March 31, 2025, the company generated
sales of around CHF1,955 million.




===========================
U N I T E D   K I N G D O M
===========================

B&H.PT LIMITED: FRP Advisory Named as Administrators
----------------------------------------------------
B&H.PT. Limited was placed into administration proceedings in the
High Court of Justice Business and Property Courts in Leeds,
Insolvency and Companies List, Court Number: CR-2025-000638, and
Simon Farr and Richard Goodall of FRP Advisory Trading Limited were
appointed as administrators on June 30, 2025.  

B&H.PT. Limited is a manufacturer of of tools.

Its registered office is at 1 Marsden Street, C/O A2e Industries
Limited, Manchester, England, M2 1HW to be changed to C/o FRP
Advisory Trading Limited, 4th Floor Abbey House, 32 Booth Street,
Manchester, M2 4AB

Its principal trading address is at Kenwood Road, Unit 6, Reddish,
Greater Manchester, SK5 6PH

The joint administrators can be reached at:

     Simon Farr
     Richard Goodall
     FRP Advisory Trading Limited
     4th Floor, Abbey House
     32 Booth Street
     Manchester M2 4AB

For further information, contact:
            
     The Joint Administrators
     Tel No: 0161 833 3344

Alternative contact:

     Ben Smith
     Email: cp.manchester@frpadvisory.com


EUROSAIL 2006-2BL: Fitch Lowers Rating on Class E1c Notes to 'B-sf'
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has downgraded Eurosail 2006-2BL PLC's (ES06-2) class
D1a, D1c and E1c notes and Eurosail 2006-4NP Plc's (ES06-4) class
D1a and D1c notes. The other notes have been affirmed. All tranches
have been removed from Under Criteria Observation.

   Entity/Debt                  Rating            Prior
   -----------                  ------            -----
Eurosail 2006-2BL PLC

   Class B1a 298805AG7      LT AAAsf  Affirmed    AAAsf
   Class B1b 298805AH5      LT AAAsf  Affirmed    AAAsf
   Class C1a 298805AK8      LT AAAsf  Affirmed    AAAsf
   Class C1c 298805AM4      LT AAAsf  Affirmed    AAAsf
   Class D1a 298805AN2      LT AAsf   Downgrade   AAAsf
   Class D1c 298805AQ5      LT AAsf   Downgrade   AAAsf
   Class E1c XS0266258317   LT B-sf   Downgrade   BBB+sf
   Class F1c XS0266260560   LT CCCsf  Affirmed    CCCsf

Eurosail 2006-4NP Plc
  
   Class B1a 29880JAG7      LT AAAsf  Affirmed    AAAsf
   Class C1a 29880JAK8      LT AAAsf  Affirmed    AAAsf
   Class C1c 29880JAM4      LT AAAsf  Affirmed    AAAsf
   Class D1a 29880JAN2      LT AA-sf  Downgrade   AA+sf
   Class D1c 29880JAQ5      LT AA-sf  Downgrade   AA+sf
   Class E1c 027421601      LT CCCsf  Affirmed    CCCsf

Transaction Summary

The transactions comprise non-conforming UK mortgage loans
originated by Southern Pacific Mortgage Limited and Preferred
Mortgages Limited, formerly wholly owned subsidiaries of Lehman
Brothers.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

UK RMBS Rating Criteria Updated: The rating actions reflect Fitch's
updated UK RMBS Rating Criteria (see " Fitch Ratings Updates UK
RMBS Rating Criteria" dated 23 May 2025). Key changes include
updated representative pool weighted average foreclosure
frequencies (WAFFs), changes to sector selection, revised recovery
rate (RR) assumptions and changes to cash flow assumptions.

The most significant revision was to the non-confirming sector
representative 'Bsf' WAFF. Newly introduced borrower-level recovery
rate caps are applied to underperforming seasoned collateral.
Dynamic default distributions and high prepayment rate assumptions
are now applied rather than static assumptions previously.

Late Stage Arrears: In line with the updated criteria, Fitch's
analysis assumes that loans more than 12 months in arrears are
defaulted loans for the purposes of its asset and cash flow
modelling. For ES06-2 this represents 12.1% of the total portfolio
and 8.3% for ES06-4.

Deteriorating Asset Performance: The proportion of loans in arrears
for both transactions has increased since the last review. For
ES06-2, arrears above three months have increased to 27.5% from
25.1% at the previous review (June 2024 cut off) and for ES06-4 to
22.3% from 18.8% (March 2024 cut off). For ES06-2 the number of
loans in arrears has marginally decreased and for ES06-4 it has
marginally increased. As the portfolio factor for both transactions
is low (around 10%), a material roll rate to late arrears and
reduction in the outstanding portfolio balance will result in
higher projected defaults at the next review.

Transaction Adjustment: Fitch has applied its non-conforming
assumptions and an owner-occupied transaction adjustment of 1.0x
and buy-to-let (BTL) transaction adjustment of 1.5x for both
transactions. This is due to the historical performance of loans
with arrears greater than three months being weaker than Fitch's
non-conforming index for both transactions (materially weaker for
ES06-2).

BTL Recovery Rate Cap: The transactions have reported losses that
exceed the losses expected based on the indexed value of the
properties in the pool. Fitch has therefore applied borrower-level
RR caps to the BTL loans in both transactions in line with those
applied to non-conforming loans, where the RR cap is 85% at 'Bsf'
and 65% at 'AAAsf'.

Increasing Credit Enhancement: The transactions will amortise
sequentially, following the irreversible breach of performance
condition triggers (the aggregate balance of 90+ day arrears has
exceeded the trigger level in both transactions). In ES06-4, the
portfolio factor has fallen below 10% (currently at 9.67%) and in
ES06-02 it is 10.89%, very close to the sequential allocation
trigger (10%).

Senior Fees Declining: Fixed transaction fees are gradually
declining after spikes in recent years, primarily due to the
transition of both transactions from LIBOR to SONIA and for ES06-4,
the change of transaction account bank (TAB) and guaranteed
investment contract (GIC) provider to HSBC Bank plc from Danske
Bank A/S. For ES06-2, fixed fees have notably decreased. Fitch
expects fees in ES06-4 to stabilise, once all costs related to the
TAB and GIC change have been debited.

Fitch anticipates that fees will continue to decline in line with
stabilised averages. However, if high fees persist, Fitch could
revise its fixed fee assumptions for the transaction analysis,
which could negatively impact the junior notes.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

The transactions' performance may be affected by adverse changes in
market conditions and the economic environment. Weakening economic
performance is strongly correlated to increasing levels of
delinquencies and defaults and could reduce the credit enhancement
available to the notes.

Fitch conducted sensitivity analyses by stressing each
transaction's base case WAFF and WARR assumptions, and by examining
the rating implications for all notes. A 15% increase in the WAFF
and a 15% decrease in the WARR could lead to downgrades of five
notches for ES06-2's class D1a and D1c notes and one notch for the
class E1c notes and five notches for ES06-4's class D1a and D1c
notes. There is no impact on any other notes.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

Stable to improved asset performance driven by stable delinquencies
and defaults would lead to increasing credit enhancement and
potential upgrades.

Fitch tested an additional rating sensitivity scenario by applying
a decrease in the WAFF of 15% and an increase in the WARR of 15%.
The results indicate upgrades of three notches for ES06-2's class
D1a and D1c notes and four notches for the class E1c notes, and
three notches for ES06-4's class D1a and D1c notes and two notches
for the class E1c notes. All other notes are at their maximum
achievable rating.

USE OF THIRD PARTY DUE DILIGENCE PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17G -10

Form ABS Due Diligence-15E was not provided to, or reviewed by,
Fitch in relation to this rating action.

DATA ADEQUACY

Fitch has checked the consistency and plausibility of the
information it has received about the performance of the asset
pools and the transactions. Fitch has not reviewed the results of
any third party assessment of the asset portfolio information or
conducted a review of origination files as part of its ongoing
monitoring.

Fitch did not undertake a review of the information provided about
the underlying asset pools ahead of the transaction's initial
closing. The subsequent performance of the transactions over the
years is consistent with the agency's expectations given the
operating environment and Fitch is therefore satisfied that the
asset pool information relied upon for its initial rating analysis
was adequately reliable.

Overall, and together with any assumptions referred to above,
Fitch's assessment of the information relied upon for the agency's
rating analysis according to its applicable rating methodologies
indicates that it is adequately reliable.

ESG Considerations

Eurosail 2006-2BL PLC has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for
Customer Welfare - Fair Messaging, Privacy & Data Security due to
{DESCRIPTION OF ISSUE/RATIONALE}, which has a negative impact on
the credit profile, and is relevant to the rating[s] in conjunction
with other factors.

Eurosail 2006-2BL PLC has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Human
Rights, Community Relations, Access & Affordability due to
{DESCRIPTION OF ISSUE/RATIONALE}, which has a negative impact on
the credit profile, and is relevant to the rating[s] in conjunction
with other factors.

Eurosail 2006-4NP Plc has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for
Customer Welfare - Fair Messaging, Privacy & Data Security due to
{DESCRIPTION OF ISSUE/RATIONALE}, which has a negative impact on
the credit profile, and is relevant to the rating[s] in conjunction
with other factors.

Eurosail 2006-4NP Plc has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Human
Rights, Community Relations, Access & Affordability due to
{DESCRIPTION OF ISSUE/RATIONALE}, which has a negative impact on
the credit profile, and is relevant to the rating[s] in conjunction
with other factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.


FUTURE PLC: S&P Assigns 'BB+' LongTerm Issuer Credit Rating
-----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB+' long-term issuer credit
rating to UK-based specialist media, digital, and print content
publishing company Future PLC and its 'BB+' issue rating to its
GBP300 million proposed senior notes. The recovery rating of the
proposed notes is '3', reflecting meaningful recovery (50%-70%;
rounded estimate: 65%) in the event of default.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our view that Future will
maintain a relatively stable S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA
margin, despite some decline in revenue over the next 12 months due
to macro and industry headwinds. We expect the company will return
to growth from fiscal 2026, allowing it to maintain its S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage well within the 1.5x-2.0x range."

Future PLC plans to refinance its GBP256 million loan and repay
GBP35 million of debt drawings under the company's revolving credit
facility (RCF) with proceeds from new senior notes of GBP300
million. The company will extend its debt maturity by about three
years to 2030. S&P regards the transaction as broadly leverage
neutral.

S&P said, "We expect Future's revenue to decline by 6% in fiscal
2025 (ending Sept. 30, 2025) due to declining digital advertising
driven by estimated lower economic growth, and the ongoing
structural decline of print magazines. We, however, expect the
company to resume growth in fiscal 2026, as we forecast a pickup in
digital advertising and a recovery in Future's price comparison
business following a rebound in economic growth.

"We anticipate that the company will maintain solid free operating
cash flow (FOCF) generation. In combination with its conservative
financial policy, this should translate into S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage not exceeding 2.0x in fiscal 2025 and
2026."

The rating reflects Future's modest leverage, solid profitability,
and strong brand portfolio, partly offset by its relatively small
scale in a competitive market and its exposure to cyclical
advertising revenue. Our 'BB+' rating reflects our estimate of
Future's modest leverage of about 1.6x in fiscal 2025 and 2026, and
its solid free cash flow generation, which provides flexibility for
mergers and acquisitions (M&A) and deleveraging. Our rating
reflects the company's relatively small scale of operations in a
highly competitive and fragmented market, its exposure to cyclical
advertising revenue, and the secular decline in the print industry.
S&P said, "That said, we consider that Future is differentiated
from peers through its strong portfolio of market-leading brands,
its diverse revenue and earnings streams, and its technologies,
which allow it to efficiently monetize content. We also take a
positive view of Future's access to first-party customer data,
which shields it from the risks of changing privacy requirements."

Future operates in a cyclical and competitive industry. As a
publisher of digital and print media content, Future is exposed to
a highly competitive and fragmented industry that requires
consistent investment in content, technology, and attracting
customers. While its top brands have market leading positions,
Future reaches smaller and more niche audiences than larger
competitors, including tech giants Facebook and Google. S&P said,
"We also think that, over the medium term, it could face increasing
competition from a growing number of smaller digital marketing and
e-commerce players. As the technological landscape keeps evolving,
we believe AI could help Future bring its content onto new
platforms such as ChatGPT." At the same time, AI might pose risks
to Future and other digital publishers over the longer term as AI
platforms aggregate online content and possibly reduce traffic on
Future's websites. In addition, the rising popularity of content
consumption via video and audio applications could pose a long-term
risk to demand--especially among younger audiences--for the
company's content, which is predominantly text-based.

In addition, Future's business is exposed to digital advertising
revenue, which accounted for 23% of its revenue in the first half
of fiscal 2025. This makes its performance more volatile due to the
cyclical nature of advertising, as advertisers can easily reduce
spending in periods of subdued economic growth and lower consumer
and business confidence or re-allocate spending to competitors
offering a more compelling alternative. S&P said, "In our view,
this is partly offset by Future's ability to monetize content
through several revenue streams such as advertising, affiliate
links, price comparison, and magazine subscriptions. We expect
that, in the near term, Future will maintain its strong audiences
and benefit from increasing consumption of digital content,
e-commerce, and the ongoing shift from offline to digital customer
acquisition."

S&P said, "We expect the company's revenue will decline in fiscal
2025 due to anticipated economic headwinds, but rebound from fiscal
2026. We forecast that a subdued economic growth environment in
2025, along with lower consumer and business confidence, will
translate into Future's top line declining by about 6% in fiscal
2025. The main drivers will be lower digital advertising, a decline
in business-to-business (B2B) operations, which include newsletters
and lead generation, and the secular decline of print magazines. We
also expect that the performance of the Go.Compare business will be
softer due to fewer customers seeking to switch insurance providers
following a peak in fiscal 2024. This should be partly
counterbalanced by the e-commerce business, which we expect to
remain resilient. From fiscal 2026, we expect annual organic
revenue growth of about 1%-3%, as global business confidence
recovers and economic growth conditions improve. In addition, we
believe that the company's investment in editorial and sales
headcount could pay off by contributing to topline improvement.
Revenue from print magazines will likely continue to decline by
about 5%-10% per year over the medium term, reflecting the secular
decline, although this is somewhat counterbalanced by continued
demand for some premium titles."

Future's lower growth profile compared with peers could raise
concerns about the strength and resilience of its business.
Future's operating profile was weaker than some of its peers in
fiscal years 2023 and 2024, when the company's revenue declined by
4% and 0.1%, respectively. Additionally, its S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin decreased to 27% in 2024 from 33% in
2023. In contrast, US-based digital media company Dotdash Meredith
Inc.'s (BB-/Stable/--) S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin is
trending the other way, increasing toward 21% from 19% over the
same period. Dotdash has a similar business model as Future, but
predominantly operates in the U.S. If Future continues to lack
revenue growth, this could raise concerns about its ability to
sustain profitability, which would depend on topline stabilization
and an increase in earnings in absolute terms. A failure to return
to growth will likely lead us to reassess the company's business
strength compared with its more successful peers.

S&P said, "We expect profitability margins to remain broadly stable
in fiscal 2025-2026 and compare well with those of rated peers. In
our view, Future will maintain its S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
EBITDA margin of just below 27% in fiscal 2025, broadly in line
with the 2024 level. This reflects the company's two-year
investment program in editorial, sales and technology headcount,
which we expect will cost about GBP10 million in fiscal 2025. In
addition, the company's profitability benefits from a large
proportion of variable costs, which allows Future to adapt its cost
base during downturns. From fiscal 2027, the S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin could recover to above 27% as the
investment program ends and because organic revenue growth and the
increasing proportional contribution from the higher-margin media
businesses (in B2C, B2B, and Go.Compare) should offset weaker
performance in magazines. Future's S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
EBITDA margin compares well with its publishing peers. Only Ziff
Davis Inc.'s (BB/Stable/--) margins are expected to be somewhat
higher at 28%, while we project that DotDash Meredith's
profitability will be lower than Future's at 21%-22% in 2025-2026,
and Red Ventures' EBITDA margins will likely remain below 20% in
the same period.

"We forecast that Future's FOCF generation will remain robust,
translating into FOCF to debt of above 30%. The company has a sound
EBITDA margin, despite our expectation of a revenue decline in
fiscal 2025 and a moderate recovery in fiscal 2026. Coupled with
its capital-light business model with modest working capital and
capital expenditure (capex) needs, this translates into solid
positive FOCF generation. We forecast the company will generate
FOCF of GBP108 million in fiscal 2025, which is slightly lower than
in fiscal 2024 due to refinancing costs and higher cash taxes from
prior liabilities, and GBP140 million in fiscal 2026. Solid FOCF
generation should give Future the flexibility to fund share
buybacks and acquisitions while maintaining modest leverage.

"We view the proposed debt refinancing as broadly leverage-neutral
and expect Future will maintain modest leverage in line with its
conservative financial policy. The proposed GBP300 million debt
issuance will only marginally increase Future's debt. The company
will use the proceeds to repay the existing GBP256 million loan,
fully replenish its RCF (GBP35 million was drawn before the
transaction), and pay transaction fees. We therefore expect the
company will maintain S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA of
about 1.6x over the medium term, only exceeding this range to
accommodate larger acquisitions. Future's financial policy targets
minimum net debt to EBITDA of 1.0x on a company-adjusted
basis--equivalent to about 1.5x on an S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
basis--and the group has recently performed at the lower end of
this guidance. We consider this a conservative target compared with
rated peers. We expect leverage will increase marginally in fiscal
2025, reflecting slightly weaker S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
EBITDA. Our assumption includes about GBP25 million for small
bolt-on acquisitions and GBP69 million for share buybacks.

"The stable outlook reflects our view that Future's S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin will remain relatively stable at
27%, despite some decline in revenue over the next 12 months due to
macro and industry headwinds, before returning to growth from
fiscal 2026. The outlook also assumes the company will generate
sufficient discretionary cash flow and maintain its S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage in the 1.5x-2.0x range."

S&P could lower the rating over the next 12 months if:

-- The company is unable to deliver organic revenue and EBITDA
growth in line with our base case due to a pronounced slowdown in
advertising revenue growth or advertisers shifting their budgets to
social media and other platforms;

-- The company faces challenges while integrating acquisitions,
leading to weaker profitability and credit metrics; or

-- Its financial policy becomes more aggressive than we currently
expect, with sizable debt-funded acquisitions or shareholder
remuneration leading to S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage
increasing to more than 2.0x.

In S&P's view, an upgrade is unlikely in the near term. Over the
longer term, we could raise the rating if Future gains
significantly larger scale and business diversification, while
continuing to grow organically, and maintains profitability above
that of its peers. An upgrade would also require the group to
maintain its conservative financial policy and modest leverage.


HARVEST ENERGY AVIATION: Teneo Financial Named as Administrators
----------------------------------------------------------------
Harvest Energy Aviation Ltd was placed into administration
proceedings in the High Court of Justice Business and Property
Courts of England and Wales, Court Number: CR-2025-004414, and
Clare Boardman, Paul James Meadows and Christopher Hirst of Teneo
Financial Advisory Limited were appointed as administrators on June
30, 2025.  

Harvest Energy engaged in the wholesale of petroleum and petroleum
products.

Its registered office is c/o Teneo Financial Advisory Limited, The
Colmore Building, 20 Colmore Circus Queensway, Birmingham, B4 6AT

Its principal trading address is at Harvest House Horizon Business
Village, 1 Brooklands Road, Weybridge, KT13 0TJ

The joint administrators can be reached at:

         Paul James Meadows
         Clare Boardman
         Christopher Hirst
         Teneo Financial Advisory Limited
         The Colmore Building
         20 Colmore Circus Queensway
         Birmingham, B4 6AT

For further details, contact:

          The Joint Administrators
          Tel No: praxcreditors@teneo.com

Alternative contact:

          Jack Crutchley


HARVEST ENERGY: Teneo Financial Named as Administrators
-------------------------------------------------------
Harvest Energy Limited was placed into administration proceedings
in the High Court of Justice Business and Property Courts of
England and Wales, Court Number: CR-2025-004413, and Paul James
Meadows, Clare Boardman and Christopher Hirst of Teneo Financial
Advisory Limited were appointed as administrators on June 30, 2025.


Harvest Energy engaged in the wholesale of petroleum and petroleum
products.

Its registered office is c/o Teneo Financial Advisory Limited, The
Colmore Building, 20 Colmore Circus Queensway, Birmingham, B4 6AT

It principal trading address is at Harvest House Horizon Business
Village, 1 Brooklands Road, Weybridge, KT13 0TJ

The joint administrators can be reached at:

         Paul James Meadows
         Clare Boardman
         Christopher Hirst
         Teneo Financial Advisory Limited
         The Colmore Building
         20 Colmore Circus Queensway
         Birmingham, B4 6AT

For further details, contact:

         The Joint Administrators
         Email: praxcreditors@teneo.com


KANE BIDCO: Moody's Rates New Sr. Secured Notes 'B1'
----------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has affirmed the B1 corporate family rating and
B1-PD probability of default rating of Kane Bidco Limited (Kane
Bidco), as well as the senior secured debt ratings of B1. Moody's
have also assigned B1 ratings to Kane Bidco's proposed pound
sterling and euro senior secured notes. The outlook on the entity
remains stable. The issuer is an intermediate holding company of
True Potential Group Limited (True Potential), a UK-domiciled
vertically integrated wealth manager.

Net proceeds from the issuance will be used to refinance the
company's existing GBP400 million and EUR360 million senior secured
notes. The assigned rating of the new notes is subject to review of
final documentation and contingent on there being no material
changes to the terms and conditions as advised to Moody's.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Kane Bidco's B1 CFR reflects True Potential's growing presence in
the wealth platform and advisory space, its strong assets under
management (AUM) resilience and the group's strong profitability.
These strengths are offset by its relatively small, but growing,
scale, very limited geographic diversification as all assets are
sourced in the UK and relatively high gross financial leverage as
calculated by us.

The group has recently been engaged with the FCA in a review of its
historical approach to onboarding new clients which resulted in the
booking of a GBP96 million redress provision for affected
customers. The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations that
actions taken to remediate the historical approach to onboarding
new clients will substantially reduce the risk of further similar
provisions and that the group will continue to grow profitability
while maintaining sufficient liquidity. The group also booked a
goodwill impairment of GBP222 million in 2024. Moody's have
considered the provision and impairment as exceptional items in
Moody's calculations of Moody's debt to EBITDA.

True Potential has demonstrated consistent growth in a difficult
economic environment, leading to improved market share in its
chosen retail advised segment. This growth has been supported by
ongoing investment in the recruitment of financial advisers.
Moody's notes that growth in AUM has slowed, due in part to changes
to the adviser onboarding process implemented in 2024. Moody's
expects growth in net flows to resume once remedial actions
conclude. Despite challenges, the group has maintained a record of
net inflows in every quarter, supporting strong AUM retention and
replacement metrics. While net revenue reached GBP346 million in
2024, an increase of 24% compared to 2023, True Potential still has
a modest scale compared to more diversified asset managers.

True Potential's vertically integrated model combines an in-house
platform and a strong and growing advice proposition, which allows
the group to earn fees across the value chain, including investment
management fees, wealth management advice, platform fees and
adviser services. Moody's expects profitability to remain a credit
strength. The group's EBITDA margins, as measured by us, are
strong, and Moody's expects further improvement as growth supports
margin expansion. Pre-tax income in 2024 was affected by provision
bookings and goodwill impairments, which Moody's considers to be
exceptional.

EBITDA expansion is aiding the group's deleveraging. However,
recent additional borrowing to fund growth, provide liquidity for
customer redress, and strengthen regulatory capital means this has
been slower than Moody's expected, and leverage remains an
offsetting factor in Moody's credit assessment. The group's
leverage was 4.6x at year-end 2024, consistent with a B-rated
company. Moody's expects that True Potential will steadily reduce
leverage by growing its EBITDA base.

Financial strategy and risk management are key considerations in
Moody's assessments of governance under Moody's General Principles
for Assessing Environmental, Social and Governance Risks
methodology. In light of slower deleveraging than Moody's had
expected and recent regulatory engagement surrounding its
historical approach to onboarding new clients, which True Potential
have responded to by taking remedial actions, Moody's have revised
Moody's assessments of  Kane Bidco's governance to an Issuer
Profile Score of negative (G-4) from moderate (G-3) and the Credit
Impact Score to CIS-4 from CIS-3.

-- RATINGS

The group's proposed senior secured notes are rated at the same
level as its CFR, reflecting the relatively low level of super
senior obligations (the group's revolving credit facility), their
pari passu ranking with the group's other senior secured debt, and
minimal operating company obligations.

-- OUTLOOK

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations that True
Potential will continue to improve its market position and scale
while maintaining healthy profitability metrics, gradually reducing
leverage. Moody's stable outlook assumes that the group's business
model will not be subject to further regulatory engagement
following remediation expected to conclude in 2025.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The following factors could lead to an upgrade of the ratings: (1)
Debt-to-EBITDA reducing to consistently below 4x; (2) Increasing
scale, as measured by net revenue, to above $400 million; and (3)
Pre-tax income margins rising above 10% on a consistent basis.

Conversely, the following factors could lead to a downgrade of the
rating: (1) Debt-to-EBITDA above 5.5x for a sustained period; (2)
Significant drop in profitability with pre-tax income margins
consistently below 5%; and (3) Material deterioration of AUM
resilience metrics.

PRINCIPAL METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Asset Managers
published in May 2024.

Kane Bidco Limited's "Standalone Credit Profile" score of B1 is set
two notches below its "Standalone Credit Profile Before Qualitative
Notching Factors" score of Ba2 to reflect the group's small scale,
limited diversification, and relatively high financial leverage.


KANE BIDCO: S&P Rates Proposed Senior Secured Notes 'B+'
--------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B+' issue ratings to Kane Bidco
Ltd.'s proposed 350 million euro-denominated senior secured notes
due 2032 and 400 million pound sterling-denominated senior
unsecured notes due 2031.

S&P understands Kane will use the proceeds to refinance its senior
secured notes of GBP700 million, and view the transaction as
leverage neutral.

S&P said, "The rating on the proposed senior secured notes is on
par with our 'B+' long-term issuer credit rating on Kane Bidco Ltd,
reflecting a '4' recovery rating with our expectation of average
recovery (30%-50%; rounded estimate 30%) prospects in the event of
default."

Issue Ratings--Recovery Analysis

Key analytical factors

-- The company's capital structure consists of a GBP120 million
super senior revolving credit facility (RCF), extending to October
2029; GBP700 million of senior secured notes maturing in 2030;
GBP450 million in a private loan that ranks pari passu with the
senior secured notes; and a GBP30.2 million on-demand shareholder
loan.

-- S&P's hypothetical default scenario envisages a default in
2029.

-- S&O has valued the company on a going-concern basis using a 5x
emergence EBITDA multiple.

-- S&P assumes that 85% of the RCF will be drawn at the point of
default.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Year of default: 2029

-- EBITDA at emergence: GBP99.8 million (38% of 2024 adjusted
EBITDA)

-- EBITDA multiple: 5x

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs): GBP474
million

-- Secured first-lien debt: GBP105 million

-- Total value available for senior creditors: GBP369 million

-- Secured second-lien debt: GBP1.19 billion

    --Recovery expectations: (30%-50%; rounded estimate: 30%)


LIQUID TELECOMMUNICATIONS: Fitch Affirms 'CCC+' LongTerm IDR
------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Liquid Telecommunications Holdings
Limited's Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) at 'CCC+' The
Recovery Rating remains 'RR4'.

The rating reflects Liquid Telecom's heightened refinancing risk,
alongside its weak liquidity and cash generation. In its view, the
group is reliant on external financing -such as fresh equity- and
asset monetisation and improved operating conditions to avoid a
debt restructuring.

Fitch believes Liquid Telecom's corrective actions, which include
reduced discretionary capex, better working-capital management and
operating efficiencies, and external funding, could enable a
refinancing at par. However, this is subject to execution risks as
details of such refinancing are not yet available. Failure to
refinance in a timely manner could increase the prospects of a debt
restructuring and likely drive further negative rating action.

Key Rating Drivers

Refinancing Processes Under Way: Liquid Telecom has arranged
refinancing for its ZAR3.3 billion (USD220 million) term loan due
March 2026 with a USD150 million equivalent multi-tenor facility.
The latter can be increased by USD70 million once additional equity
of USD150 million is received. Liquid Telecom is seeking the
additional USD150 million through a second equity tranche and an
asset sale outside the group, which Fitch believes is at an
advanced stage. Fitch expects receipts of the remaining
consideration of USD25 million from the sale of Africa Data Centre
(ADC), alongside these efforts, to reduce the outstanding US dollar
bond to no more than USD450 million.

Fitch believes the group has made gradual progress in its
refinancing efforts. However, refinancing risk remains high given
the group's substantial debt maturities and volatile credit
conditions. The window for completion is narrow and likely to occur
at premium rates.

Mixed Operating Performance: South Africa, which is Liquid
Telecom's core market, reported strong growth in FY25 (year-end
February), with its network division increasing 13% and C2 by 10%,
supported by a more stable FX environment. Revenue from the rest of
Africa fell 3%, due to material FX depreciation in Zambia and other
regions, and political conflict in the Democratic Republic of
Congo; however, conditions in Zambia improved in 1Q25. The group's
rest of world division had sharp declines due to the non-recurrence
of some indefeasible rights-of-use contracts.

Fitch-defined EBITDA margin fell to 26% in FYE25 (23% excluding
Zimbabwe) from 28% in FY24, reflecting revenue pressures and higher
lease expenses. Despite this, consolidated Fitch-defined free cash
flow (FCF) was neutral, an improvement from the FY24 outflow. This
was driven by materially lower working-capital outflows and reduced
capex. However, FCF remained slightly negative when excluding
Zimbabwe. Fitch forecasts broadly neutral FCF in FY26-FY28 but
expect it to be slightly negative excluding Zimbabwe.

Liquidity Headroom Challenged: Liquid Telecom had USD86 million
(USD69 million excluding Zimbabwe) cash on its balance sheet at
FYE25, following a USD25 million draw on its revolving credit
facility (RCF), and was supplemented by USD45 million of cash
inflows from shareholders. Part of the inflows was used to repay
the RCF and restore some headroom. Fitch believes Liquid Telecom
has sufficient cash generation to cover interest and
non-discretionary costs, but liquidity may be strained by any
unforeseen major shocks, and the group is unable to repay
outstanding debt without refinancing.

Material Execution Risks: Liquid Telecom's new capital structure
will depend on receiving additional external funding of up to
USD150 million, achieving lower leverage after refinancing and
generating sustainable positive operating cash flow (excluding
Zimbabwe and after FX impact) to service higher interest costs on
new debt. Failure to achieve these, or any delays, will
significantly raise the prospect of a debt restructuring as
maturities approach. However, Liquid Telecom's local-currency
operating performance has shown underlying growth, and the group
retains the capacity to manage discretionary capex.

Diversified, Operating Environment Risks: Liquid Telecom derives
most of its revenues in jurisdictions with a weak operating
environment.  Benefits from diversification and an integrated
regional network are offset by regulatory, political and
macroeconomic risks. The main region, South Africa, has a Country
Ceiling of 'BB' and Fitch applies this to Liquid Telecom as EBITDA
generated from South Africa is sufficient to cover foreign-currency
debt service, based on its estimates.

Moderate Leverage: Fitch estimates the group's Fitch-defined EBITDA
net leverage, excluding Zimbabwe, at 5.8x at FYE25. The
consolidated metric was 4.1x. Leverage has a lesser impact on the
rating at this level given the greater focus on liquidity and
refinancing needs, even though its leverage thresholds for Liquid
Telecom are tighter than for peers operating in developed markets.
The group has the potential to organically deleverage to levels
commensurate with a higher rating. Fitch estimates leverage could
fall to 3.2x on a consolidated basis and 4.6x (excluding Zimbabwe),
based on FYE25 pro-forma Fitch-defined metrics, if the group
achieves the refinancing as planned.

Business Model Strengths: Liquid Telecom has a solid proprietary
fibre infrastructure footprint spanning sub-Saharan Africa and is a
key contributor in cross-border inter-operator telecommunications
connectivity. It benefits from recurring revenues of around 90% and
churn of less than 1%. Fitch expects growth in enterprise solutions
to provide the group with the ability to sell value-added services,
support revenue diversification and generate customer loyalty by
offering a full suite of services. The Cloudmania franchise enables
access to regions where the group has limited or no infrastructure
footprint.

Peer Analysis

Liquid Telecom's exposure to emerging markets and higher transfer
and convertibility risks are key differentiating factors from
sector peers, affecting its leverage and liquidity.

Its business profile has some similarities with those of telecoms
network companies that primarily specialise in the provision of
telecoms infrastructure and cross-border/large-distance
connectivity for other operators and large enterprises, such as
Zayo Group, LLC. Fitch also benchmarks Liquid Telecom's ratings
against other African telecoms infrastructure providers and
integrated operators.

Local peers include integrated operators such as the regional
operations of Airtel Africa plc and Vodacom Group Limited,
subsidiaries of multinational telecoms operators Bharti Airtel
Limited (BBB-/Stable) and Vodafone Group plc (BBB/Positive), and
South African telecoms group MTN Group Limited. All three benefit
from extensive scale and service line and geographical
diversification, but also have greater exposure to direct consumer
services. They also comprise some of the largest customers for
Liquid Telecom's backbone network and international voice services,
despite them being peers in enterprise services.

Another peer, Axian Telecom Holding and Management Plc (B+/Stable),
would have tighter leverage thresholds, reflecting its presence in
weaker operating environments, exposure to material FX risks and a
greater focus on direct consumer services. Broader peers, such as
Helios Towers Plc (BB-/Stable) and IHS Holding Limited (B+/Stable),
benefit from higher debt capacity due to lower business risk given
the infrastructure nature of their business and weaker
competition.

Key Assumptions

All assumptions are based on consolidated numbers including
Zimbabwe unless otherwise specified.

- Revenue growth in FYE25 of 1% and FYE26 of around 8% and, on a
deconsolidated basis (excluding Zimbabwe), of 10% for both years,
followed by low-to-mid single-digit growth in FY27-FY28, driven by
recovery in FY26 and normalisation thereafter but alongside
constrained growth in network, cloud and cyber security services
due to declining revenues in the voice segment and currency
depreciation

- 3% appreciation of the US dollar/rand exchange rate in FY26 and
1-2% depreciation in FY27-FY28

- Fitch-defined EBITDA margin of around 26% and, excluding
Zimbabwe, 24%, in FYE25, followed by a rise to around 28% by FY28,
supported by cost savings

- Cash extracted from Zimbabwe of USD36 million in FY26-FY28 and
included in deconsolidated credit metrics

- Capex of around USD65 million in FY26 and capex at 9% of sales in
FY27-FY28

- ADC divestment proceeds of USD25 million to be received in FY26

- Equity injection from shareholders into the restricted group of
at least USD30 million in FY26 and rand term loan of USD150 million
equivalent refinanced

Recovery Analysis

Key Recovery Rating Assumptions

The recovery analysis assumed that Liquid Telecom would be
considered a going concern (GC) in bankruptcy.

Fitch would expect a default to come from factors such as higher
competitive intensity, loss of key contracts or adverse regulatory
or political actions. Liquid Telecom may be acquired by a larger
company that will absorb its fibre network, exit certain business
lines or cut back its presence in certain less favourable
geographies, reducing scale.

Fitch estimated that post-restructuring EBITDA, excluding Zimbabwe,
would be around USD125 million. Fitch applied a multiple of 4.5x to
the GC EBITDA to calculate a post-reorganisation enterprise
valuation. The recovery analysis included a USD620 million senior
secured bond, around USD133 million equivalent of outstanding
rand-denominated debt, USD1.7 million of local bank facilities and
a fully drawn USD60 million RCF - all assumed to be equally
ranking.

Its waterfall analysis generated a ranked recovery in the 'RR3'
band after deducting 10% for administrative claims to account for
bankruptcy and associated costs. However, according to its
Country-Specific Treatment of Recovery Ratings Rating Criteria, the
instrument rating is capped at 'RR4' due to jurisdictional factors,
given the African exposure.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors That Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Lack of progress in refinancing of debt at par, leading to an
expectation of a near-term distressed debt exchange or increasing
likelihood of a default, bankruptcy or forced restructuring

- Ineffective implementation of management actions to improve
operating performance, resulting in accelerating negative FCF and a
weakly funded liquidity position

Factors That Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Timely completion of debt refinancing outside of a distressed
debt exchange (as defined by Fitch)

- Materially improved liquidity headroom generated organically or
through asset monetisations or additional shareholder support.

- Neutral to positive FCF margin both on a deconsolidated and
consolidated basis, supported by management actions to improve
operating performance

- EBITDA interest cover above 2.5x

Liquidity and Debt Structure

Liquid Telecom had USD68 million of unrestricted cash (Fitch treats
USD17 million of cash in Zimbabwe as restricted) at FYE25,
including USD25 million drawn on its USD60 million RCF. The group
improved its cash generation in FYE25 with materially lower working
capital outflow and capex relative to FY24, but liquidity remains
challenged.

A further equity injection of USD150 million is required as a
condition for the planned refinancing. The equity injection and ADC
divestment proceeds are also essential to supporting deleveraging
and liquidity in the near term. Fitch forecasts neutral to negative
FCF due to high interest costs. Liquid Telecom's rand term loan
matures in March 2026, and is followed by its USD620 million bond
in September 2026.

Issuer Profile

Liquid Telecom is a sub-Saharan African telecoms operator with a
fibre network of over 100,000 km. It generates most of its revenues
from services to other operators and large enterprises.

Summary of Financial Adjustments

Cash held in Zimbabwe is treated as restricted.

Sources of Information

Fitch used the Corporate Rating Master Criteria effective from
December 2024.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Macro and Sector
Forecasts data file which aggregates key data points used in its
credit analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt               Rating           Recovery   Prior
   -----------               ------           --------   -----
Liquid
Telecommunications
Financing plc

   senior secured      LT     CCC+  Affirmed    RR4      CCC+

Liquid
Telecommunications
South Africa
Proprietary Limited

   senior secured      LT     CCC+  Affirmed    RR4      CCC+

Liquid
Telecommunications
Holdings Limited       LT IDR CCC+  Affirmed             CCC+


LUDGATE FUNDING 2007: Fitch Hikes Rating on Class E Debt to 'BB-sf'
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded five tranches of Ludgate Funding Plc
Series 2006 FF1 (LF 2006), seven tranches of Ludgate Funding Plc
Series 2007 FF1 (LF 2007) and four tranches of Ludgate Funding
Plc's Series 2008-W1 (LF 2008) and affirmed the others. All
tranches have been removed from Under Criteria Observation.

   Entity/Debt                  Rating           Prior
   -----------                  ------           -----
Ludgate Funding Plc's
Series 2008-W1

   Class A1 XS0354148511    LT AAAsf  Affirmed   AAAsf
   Class A2b XS0353589947   LT AAAsf  Affirmed   AAAsf
   Class Bb XS0353591927    LT AAAsf  Upgrade    AA+sf
   Class Cb XS0353594863    LT AA+sf  Upgrade    AA-sf
   Class D XS0353596215     LT AA-sf  Upgrade    Asf
   Class E XS0353684698     LT A+sf   Upgrade    BBB+sf

Ludgate Funding Plc
Series 2006 FF1

   Class A2a XS0274267862   LT AAAsf  Affirmed   AAAsf
   Class A2b XS0274271203   LT AAAsf  Affirmed   AAAsf
   Class Ba XS0274268241    LT AAAsf  Upgrade    AA+sf
   Class Bb XS0274271898    LT AAAsf  Upgrade    AA+sf
   Class C XS0274272359     LT AAAsf  Upgrade    AA-sf
   Class D XS0274272862     LT Asf    Upgrade    BBB+sf
   Class E XS0274269645     LT BB+sf  Upgrade    BBsf

Ludgate Funding Plc
Series 2007 FF1

   Class A2a XS0304503534   LT AAAsf  Affirmed   AAAsf
   Class A2b XS0304504003   LT AAAsf  Affirmed   AAAsf
   Class Bb XS0304508681    LT AA+sf  Upgrade    A+sf
   Class Cb XS0304509739    LT A+sf   Upgrade    BBB+sf
   Class Da XS0304510158    LT BBBsf  Upgrade    BB+sf
   Class Db XS0304512105    LT BBBsf  Upgrade    BB+sf
   Class E XS0304515546     LT BB-sf  Upgrade    B-sf
   Class Ma XS0304504698    LT AAAsf  Upgrade    AA+sf
   Class Mb XS0304505232    LT AAAsf  Upgrade    AA+sf

Transaction Summary

The transactions are secured by loans originated by Wave Lending
Limited (formerly Freedom Funding Limited) and purchased by Merrill
Lynch International Bank Limited. The loans are buy-to-let and
non-conforming owner-occupied and secured against properties
located in England and Wales.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

UK RMBS Rating Criteria Updated: The rating actions reflect its
updated UK RMBS Rating Criteria (see "Fitch Ratings Updates UK RMBS
Rating Criteria" dated 23 May 2025). Changes include updated
representative pool weighted average foreclosure frequencies
(WAFFs), changes to sector selection, revised recovery rate
assumptions and changes to cash flow assumptions. The most
significant revision was to the non-confirming sector
representative 'Bsf' WAFF. Fitch now applies borrower-level
recovery rate caps to underperforming seasoned collateral. Fitch
also applies dynamic default distributions and high prepayment rate
assumptions rather than static assumptions.

Performance Above Average: The transactions' performance has
deteriorated due to the cost of living crisis, but arrears remain
significantly below the non-conforming sector average. Arrears
above one month have been relatively stable at 11.2%, 13.2% and
17.4% for LF 2006, LF 2007 and LF 2008, respectively, compared with
10.3%, 11.3% and 17.4% 12 months ago, far below peer transactions
and the non-conforming sector average of 25% (26% at last review).

However, arrears above three months at April 2025 increased to
8.0%, 10.6% and 14.1% for LF 2006, LF2007 and LF 2008,
respectively, from 7.3%, 8.0% and 13.7% a year ago and compared
with the non-conforming sector average of 18.9% (17.9% at last
review).

Transaction Adjustment: Fitch has applied its non-conforming
assumptions and an owner-occupied transaction adjustment of 0.5x
for LF 2006 and 0.75x for LF 2007 and LF 2008 and BTL transaction
adjustment of 1.0x for all three transactions. This is because the
transactions' historical performance of loans greater than three
months in arrears or more has been better than Fitch's
non-conforming index.

BTL Recovery Rate Cap: The transaction has reported losses above
its expectations based on the indexed value of the properties in
the pool. Fitch has therefore applied borrower-level recovery rate
(RR) caps to the BTL loans in the transaction in line with those
applied to non-conforming loans, where the recovery rate cap is 85%
at 'Bsf' and 65% at 'AAAsf'.

Ratings Below MIR: Borrowers rolling to later stage arrears may
result in higher WAFF at future reviews. Fitch also observes that
the notes' model-implied ratings (MIR) are sensitive to the notes'
amortisation schedule as they alternate between pro-rata and
sequential pay due to reversible trigger breaches. Consequently,
the ratings on LF 2006's class D and E notes are one notch lower
than the MIR, LF 2007's class Bb to E notes are one to two notches
lower than the MIR, and LF 2008's class C and D notes are one and
two notches lower than the MIR, respectively.

Excessive Counterparty Exposure: The reserve fund provides more
than 50% of class E credit enhancement in LF 2008. As per Fitch's
criteria, these notes are exposed to excessive counterparty risk.
The ratings of the transaction's most junior tranche are
constrained by the transaction account bank's Long-Term Issuer
Default Rating (Barclays Bank plc; A+/Stable) at 'A+sf'.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

Declines in recoveries could result in lower net proceeds, which
may make certain notes susceptible to negative rating action
depending on the extent of the decline in recoveries. Fitch
conducts sensitivity analyses by stressing both a transaction's
base-case FF and RR assumptions and examining the rating
implications on all classes of issued notes. For example, a 15%
WAFF increase and 15% WARR decrease would result in downgrades of
up to two notches for the class E notes in LF 2007 and LF 2008, and
more than five notches in LF 2006.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

Stable to improved asset performance driven by stable delinquencies
and defaults would lead to increasing credit enhancement and,
potentially, upgrades. Fitch found that a decrease in the WAFF of
15% and an increase in the WARR of 15% would lead to upgrades of up
to six notches for the mezzanine and junior notes of the
transactions.

USE OF THIRD PARTY DUE DILIGENCE PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17G -10

Form ABS Due Diligence-15E was not provided to, or reviewed by,
Fitch in relation to this rating action.

DATA ADEQUACY

Fitch has checked the consistency and plausibility of the
information it has received about the performance of the asset
pools and the transactions. Fitch has not reviewed the results of
any third party assessment of the asset portfolio information or
conducted a review of origination files as part of its ongoing
monitoring.

Fitch did not undertake a review of the information provided about
the underlying asset pools ahead of the transactions' initial
closing. The subsequent performance of the transactions over the
years is consistent with the agency's expectations given the
operating environment and Fitch is therefore satisfied that the
asset pool information relied upon for its initial rating analysis
was adequately reliable.

Overall, and together with any assumptions referred to above,
Fitch's assessment of the information relied upon for the agency's
rating analysis according to its applicable rating methodologies
indicates that it is adequately reliable.

ESG Considerations

Ludgate 06, 07 and 08 each has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for
customer welfare - fair messaging, privacy & data security due to a
material concentration of interest-only loans, which has a negative
impact on the credit profile, and is relevant to the ratings in
conjunction with other factors.

Ludgate 06, 07 and 08 each has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for
human rights, community relations, access & affordability due to
mortgage pools with limited affordability checks and self-certified
income, which has a negative impact on the credit profile, and is
relevant to the ratings in conjunction with other factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.


OAT HILL 3: Fitch Lowers Rating on Class F Notes to 'B-sf'
----------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has downgraded Oat Hill No.3 PLC's (OH3) class D, E
and F notes and affirmed the others.

All tranches have been removed from Under Criteria Observation.

   Entity/Debt           Rating            Prior
   -----------           ------            -----
Oat Hill No.3 PLC

   A XS2639038384    LT AAAsf  Affirmed    AAAsf
   B XS2639039192    LT AA+sf  Affirmed    AA+sf
   C XS2639039275    LT A+sf   Affirmed    A+sf
   Class A Loan      LT AAAsf  Affirmed    AAAsf
   D XS2639039606    LT BBBsf  Downgrade   BBB+sf
   E XS2639065601    LT BBsf   Downgrade   BB+sf
   F XS2639066088    LT B-sf   Downgrade   B+sf

Transaction Summary

OH3 is a securitisation of buy-to-let and owner-occupied
residential mortgage assets originated by Capital Home Loans
Limited and secured against properties in the UK. The assets were
securitised in Oat Hill No.2 plc and in Oat Hill No.1 plc.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

UK RMBS Rating Criteria Updated: The rating actions reflect Fitch's
updated UK RMBS Rating Criteria (see " Fitch Ratings Updates UK
RMBS Rating Criteria" dated 23 May 2025). Key changes include
updated representative pool weighted average foreclosure
frequencies (WAFF), changes to sector selection, revised recovery
rate assumptions and changes to cash flow assumptions.

The most significant revision was to the non-confirming sector
representative 'Bsf' WAFF. Fitch has applied newly introduced
borrower-level recovery rate caps to underperforming seasoned
collateral. Fitch now also applies dynamic default distributions
and high prepayment rate assumptions rather than the static
assumptions applied previously.

Transaction Adjustment: The pool comprises owner-occupied (OO) and
buy-to-let (BTL) loans. Fitch applied its non-conforming loan
assumption to the OO sub-pool, along with a transaction adjustment
of 1.0x. Fitch analysed the BTL loans using its BTL-specific
assumptions, applying a higher transaction adjustment of 1.5x. The
higher adjustment for the BTL sub-pool reflects the transaction's
historical performance, where the proportion of loans in arrears by
more than three months has consistently underperformed Fitch's
non-conforming index.

BTL Recovery Rate Cap: The transaction's reported losses exceed
those expected based on the indexed value of the properties in the
pool. Fitch has therefore applied borrower-level recovery rate (RR)
caps to the BTL loans in the transaction in line with those applied
to non-conforming loans, where the RR cap is 85% at 'Bsf' and 65%
at 'AAAsf'. The downgrade of the class D, E and F notes reflects
increased losses resulting from the application of the RR caps. The
class A , B and C notes withstood the RR cap stress, as reflected
in their affirmation.

Arrears Stabilisation: One-month plus and three-month plus arrears
were 8.7% and 6.5%, respectively, at the May 2025 payment date
(9.2% and 6.4% as of the May 2024 interest payment date). The
number and amount of loans in arrears have decreased in the last 12
months, suggesting a stabilisation in arrears build-up. Despite a
decline in the total number of loans in arrears, the risk of
migration to late-stage arrears remains a significant rating
driver.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

The transaction's performance may be affected by adverse changes in
market conditions and the economic environment. Weakening economic
performance is strongly correlated to increasing delinquencies and
defaults that could reduce credit enhancement available to the
notes.

In addition, unexpected declines in recoveries could result in
lower net proceeds, which may make certain notes susceptible to
negative rating action, depending on the extent of the decline in
recoveries.

Fitch found that a 15% increase in the WAFF and 15% decrease of the
WARR would imply the following:

Class A: 'AAAsf'

Class B: 'AA-sf'

Class C: 'BBB+sf'

Class D: 'B+sf'

Class E: 'CCCsf'

Class F: Below 'CCCsf'

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

Stable to improved asset performance driven by stable delinquencies
and defaults would lead to increasing credit enhancement and
potential upgrades.

Fitch found that a 15% decrease in the WAFF and 15% increase of the
WARR would imply the following:

Class A: 'AAAsf'

Class B: 'AAAsf'

Class C: 'AA+sf'

Class D: 'Asf'

Class E: 'BBBsf'

Class F: 'B-sf'

USE OF THIRD PARTY DUE DILIGENCE PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17G -10

Form ABS Due Diligence-15E was not provided to, or reviewed by,
Fitch in relation to this rating action.

DATA ADEQUACY

Fitch has checked the consistency and plausibility of the
information it has received about the performance of the asset pool
and the transaction. Fitch has not reviewed the results of any
third party assessment of the asset portfolio information or
conducted a review of origination files as part of its ongoing
monitoring.

Prior to the transaction closing, Fitch reviewed the results of a
third party assessment conducted on the asset portfolio information
and concluded that there were no findings that affected the rating
analysis.

Overall, and together with any assumptions referred to above,
Fitch's assessment of the information relied upon for the agency's
rating analysis according to its applicable rating methodologies
indicates that it is adequately reliable.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.


OEG GLOBAL: Moody's Affirms 'B1' CFR, Outlook Remains Stable
------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has affirmed the B1 long term corporate family
rating, the B1-PD probability of default rating of OEG Global
Limited (OEG). Moody's also affirmed the B1 rating of the existing
backed senior secured notes due 2029 (SSN) issued by OEG Finance
Plc which are to be upsized from EUR465 million to EUR540 million.
The outlook on both entities remains stable.

The upsizing of the SSN supports the acquisition of a US based
offshore energy rental services busines announced on the June 30,
2025 (the acquisition).

RATINGS RATIONALE

The ratings affirmation reflects Moody's assessments that OEG's
credit profile remains overall unchanged after the completion of
the acquisition of a regional leader in specialized rental
solutions to the offshore energy sector in the USA. Moody's
previously expected OEG to pursue small M&A transactions, with
considerations no higher than $30 million, and exclusively
targeting expansion of OEG's renewables division.

Moody's have assessed, however, that the acquisition is credit
neutral; it is an opportunistic transaction rather than
strategically planned and further strengthen OEG's market share in
the USA. The acquired fleet of cargo carrying units (CCU) would
underpin the fulfillment of a recent contract award from a major
oil & gas company in the USA, enabling OEG to maintain largely
unchanged its previously planned investments in CCU fleet.
Additionally, Moody's also expects the acquisition to be accretive
to OEG's EBITDA and to Moody's adjusted free cash flow.

On the other hand, the acquisition is financed entirely through new
debt, which increases Moody's expected Moody's adjusted debt to
EBITDA at the end of 2025 to about 4.0x on a pro-forma basis, from
3.7x Moody's previously expected. The acquisition is likely to
increase OEG's Moody's adjusted EBITDA margin, which has weakened
in the first quarter of 2025 due to a different business mix.

OEG's B1 CFR reflects the company's: (1) leading position in the
CCU rental market for oil & gas customers, further enhanced by the
acquisition; (2) CCU division's predictable and resilient demand,
with growth opportunities from increasing compliance with
international standards of developing countries and expansion of
ancillary services to existing clients; (3) strong cash flow
generation from a large invested asset base of about 75k CCU units,
with a younger average life than peers; (4) well-established
presence and a track record, albeit short as a combined entity, in
offshore wind projects, with the combination of its brands having
worked on 90% of projects in Europe and the entirety of projects in
Asia; and, (5) already having reached a highly scalable cost base
in the renewables division, which provides clear competitive
advantage when bidding for contracts in an industry still highly
fragmented.

The B1 CFR also takes into account: (1) a degree of customer and
geographic concentration present in both the CCU and the renewables
divisions; (2) the limited visibility and reliability of the
historical pro-forma consolidated cash flow statements due to the
significant number of acquisitions closed by the company in the
past 3 years; (3) the renewables division being exposed to
contracts win through bidding process, and contract unlikely to
last more than 12-18 months on average; there is a potential for
pricing pressure and likely EBITDA margin compression in the medium
term, exacerbated by labour costs inflation; and, (4) the high
probability of OEG completing further acquisitions which are likely
to slow down Moody's base case deleveraging trajectory.

LIQUIDITY

OEG's liquidity is good. Liquidity is supported by a positive
Moody's adjusted free cash flow and a super senior revolving credit
facility (RCF) due in 2029. The RCF was upsized in conjunction with
the transaction from $40 million to $75 million. Moody's expects
the company to retain the cash generated within the business or to
deploy for M&A add-on, and over time to build a sizeable cash
buffer on the balance sheet.

STRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS

The B1 rating of the SSN is in line with the CFR.

The $75 million revolver is structured as super senior and ranks
ahead of the SSN. Moody's also views a number of existing secured
senior facilities at OEG's operating companies to rank ahead of the
SSN, although the amount is limited and amortizing over time.

The only existing financial maintenance covenant has a springing
nature and is tested only if the RCF is more than 40% drawn; if
applicable, net leverage test is set at 5.5x and Moody's expects
the company to be able to retain ample capacity.

RATIONALE FOR THE STABLE OUTLOOK

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations of mid to high
single digit revenue growth and stable Moody's adjusted EBITDA
margins at around 27%. Additionally, Moody's expects the company to
continue to operate within its net debt leverage target of
2.5-3.5x, which Moody's understands it would have reached the
higher end of the range on a pro-forma basis for the acquisition.
Moody's also expects M&A activity not to be transformational,
focused on the renewables division and largely funded with
available cash on balance sheet, while maintaining at least
adequate liquidity.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded over time if (1) OEG continues to
diversify away from oil & gas customers improving the business
profile; (2) Moody's adjusted debt to EBITDA approaches 3.5x,
Moody's adjusted FCF/Debt ratio moves towards 10%, as well as
Moody's adjusted EBITDA approaching 30%. An upgrade would also
require the company to maintain a good liquidity profile.

Ratings downgrade could occur if Moody's adjusted debt to EBITDA
increases above 4.5x or Moody's adjusted FCF/Debt falls below 5% on
a sustainable basis. Negative pressure on the rating could also
develop if Moody's assesses that OEG's financial policy or M&A
activity has become more aggressive, or Moody's adjusted Free Cash
Flow becomes negative.

PRINCIPAL METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Oilfield
Services published in January 2023.

OEG's B1 CFR is positioned two notches below the Ba2
scorecard-indicated rating outcome derived from the company's 2024
audited accounts. The two notches differential reflect the expected
decline in Moody's adjusted EBIT margin, integration cost resulting
from the acquisition as well as the overhanging risk of additional
M&A likely to be funded with existing liquidity and/or with
additional debt.

COMPANY PROFILE

OEG is the largest global offshore service specialist with a focus
on CCU logistics and a heritage going back more than 50 years. OEG
Renewables is a one-stop shop provider of mission critical services
to the development and maintenance of offshore wind farms, both
above and below the sea surface. OEG Renewables contributes more
than 50% of the group revenue and almost a third of group EBITDA
through an asset light business model.

The group posted revenue of $537.4 million and company's adjusted
EBITDA of $154.2 million (28.7% margin) for the financial year
ending December 31, 2024.


PRAX PETROLEUM: Teneo Financial Named as Administrators
-------------------------------------------------------
Prax Petroleum Limited was placed into administration proceedings
in the High Court of Justice Business and Property Courts of
England and Wales, Court Number: CR-2025-004412, and Paul James
Meadows and Clare Boardman and Christopher Hirst of Teneo Financial
Advisory Limited were appointed as administrators on June 30, 2025.


Prax Petroleum engaged in the wholesale of petroleum and petroleum
products.

Its registered office is c/o Teneo Financial Advisory Limited, The
Colmore Building, 20 Colmore Circus Queensway, Birmingham, B4 6AT

It principal trading address is at Harvest House Horizon Business
Village, 1 Brooklands Road, Weybridge, KT13 0TJ

The joint administrators can be reached at:

     Paul James Meadows
     Clare Boardman
     Christopher Hirst
     Teneo Financial Advisory Limited
     The Colmore Building
     20 Colmore Circus Queensway
     Birmingham, B4 6AT

For further details contact:

     The Joint Administrators
     Email: praxcreditors@teneo.com


PRAX TREASURY: Teneo Financial Named as Administrators
------------------------------------------------------
Prax Treasury Limited was placed into administration proceedings in
the High Court of Justice Business and Property Courts of England
and Wales, Court Number: CR-2025-004411, and Clare Boardman,
Matthew Roe, and Paul James Meadows of Teneo Financial Advisory
Limited were  were appointed as administrators on June 30, 2025.  

Prax Treasury engaged in the wholesale of petroleum and petroleum
products and retail sale of automotive fuel in specialised stores.

Its registered office is c/o Teneo Financial Advisory Limited, The
Colmore Building, 20 Colmore Circus Queensway, Birmingham, B4 6AT

Its principal trading address is at Harvest House Horizon Business
Village, 1 Brooklands Road, Weybridge, KT13 0TJ

The joint administrators can be reached at:

     Paul James Meadows
     Clare Boardman
     Matthew Roe
     Teneo Financial Advisory Limited
     The Colmore Building
     20 Colmore Circus Queensway
     Birmingham, B4 6AT

For further details, contact:

     The Joint Administrators
     Tel No: praxcreditors@teneo.com


STATE OIL: Teneo Financial Named as Administrators
--------------------------------------------------
State Oil Limited was placed into administration proceedings in the
High Court of Justice Business and Property Courts of England and
Wales, Court Number: CR-2025-004410, and Clare Boardman, Matthew
Roe and Paul James Meadows of Teneo Financial Advisory Limited were
appointed as administrators on June 30, 2025.  

State Oil Limited engaged in the wholesale of petroleum and
petroleum products and retail sale of automotive fuel in
specialised stores.

Its registered office is c/o Teneo Financial Advisory Limited, The
Colmore Building, 20 Colmore Circus Queensway, Birmingham, B4 6AT

Its principal trading address is at Harvest House Horizon Business
Village, 1 Brooklands Road, Weybridge, KT13 0TJ

The joint administrators can be reached at:

         Paul James Meadows
         Clare Boardman
         Matthew Roe
         Teneo Financial Advisory Limited
         The Colmore Building
         20 Colmore Circus Queensway
         Birmingham, B4 6AT

For further details, contact:

         The Joint Administrators
         Tel No: praxcreditors@teneo.com



                           *********


S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter-Europe is a daily newsletter co-
published by Bankruptcy Creditors' Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Washington, D.C., USA.
Marites O. Claro, Rousel Elaine T. Fernandez, Joy A. Agravante,
Julie Anne L. Toledo, Ivy B. Magdadaro, and Peter A. Chapman,
Editors.

Copyright 2025.  All rights reserved.  ISSN 1529-2754.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.

Information contained herein is obtained from sources believed to
be reliable, but is not guaranteed.

The TCR Europe subscription rate is US$775 per half-year,
delivered via e-mail.  Additional e-mail subscriptions for
members of the same firm for the term of the initial subscription
or balance thereof are US$25 each.  For subscription information,
contact Peter Chapman at 215-945-7000.


                * * * End of Transmission * * *